Acts 12 — Open Scroll

← Previous: Acts 11 Next: Acts 13 →Back to Open Scroll Behind the text

Acts 12

Match: OffMatch: On Clear Select a word card Matching words are off No matching-word link is available for this card. 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 28 matching words in 22 verses 80 matching words in 25 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 5 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 5 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 30 matching words in 18 verses 9 matching words in 8 verses 6 matching words in 6 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 5 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 21 matching words in 14 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 5 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 6 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 5 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 7 matching words in 7 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse

CHAPTER 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

VERSE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

Maps and charts for this chapter

The Two Provinces (AD 44-70)Caesarea in the Time of Paul

← Back to Genesis 37:22

← Back to 1 Samuel 17:36

← Back to Job 15:25

← Back to Psalms 2:2

← Back to Psalms 55:20

← Back to Psalms 92:8

← Back to Jeremiah 26:23

← Back to Matthew 2:15

← Back to Matthew 10:18

← Back to Matthew 24:9

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 2:14

Acts 12:1

1Now about that time Herod the king put forth his hands to afflict certain of the church

Word By Word, In Greek Order1about | 2that | 3Now | 4— | 5time | 6put forth | 7Herod | 8the | 9king | 10his | 11hands | 12to afflict | 13certain | 14— | 15of | 16the | 17church

Related verses (7)

about

that

Now

The ASV does not translate this word.

time

put forth

Herod

the

king

his

hands

to afflict

certain

The ASV does not translate this word.

the

church

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Κατkaht

ἐκεῖνονeh-KAY-nohn

δὲdeh

τὸνtohn

καιρὸνkai-ROHN

ἐπέβαλενeh-PEH-bah-len

Ἡρῴδηςhay-ROH-days

ὁhoh

βασιλεὺςbah-see-LYOOS

τὰςtahs

χεῖραςCHAY-rahs

κακῶσαίkah-KOH-sai

τιναςtee-nahs

τῶνtohn

ἀπὸah-POH

τῆςtays

ἐκκλησίαςeh-klay-SEE-ahs

The Pieces

ΚατGreek preposition

ἐκεῖνονGreek demonstrative pronoun

δὲGreek conjunction

τὸνGreek article

καιρὸνGreek noun, masculine

ἐπέβαλενGreek verb

Ἡρῴδηςname of a person

ὁGreek article

βασιλεὺςGreek noun, masculine

τὰςGreek article

χεῖραςGreek noun, feminine

κακῶσαίGreek verb

τιναςGreek indefinite pronoun

τῶνGreek article

ἀπὸGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

ἐκκλησίαςGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

according toGen: against, down from, throughout, by; acc: over against, among, daily, day-by-day, each day, according to, by way of.κατά (bef. a vowel κατ’, καθ’; on the freq. neglect of elision, v. Tdf., Pr., 95; WH, App., 146 a ), prep. c. gen., acc., down, downwards. C. gen. (WM, § 47, k; Bl., § 42, 2). C. gen. rei, in local sense; down, down from: Mt 8:32, Mk 5:13, Lk 8:33, I Co 11:4; throughout (late usage; Bl., § 42, 2): κ. ὅλης κ.τ.λ., Lk 4:14 23:5, Ac 9:31 10:37; in a peculiar adjectival phrase: ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία, deep or extreme poverty, II Co 8:2. C. gen. pers., usually in hostile sense; against (in cl. only after verbs of speaking, witnessing, etc.): opp. to ὑπέρ, Mk 9:40; μετά, Mt 12:30; after ἐπιθυμεῖν, Ga 5:17; λαλεῖν, Ac 6:13; διδάσκειν, Ac 21:28; ψεύδεσθαι, Ja 3:14; after verbs of accusing, etc., Mt 5:23, Lk 23:14, Ro 8:33, al.; verbs of fighting, prevailing, etc., Mt 10:35, Ac 14:2, I Co 4:6, al.; of swearing, by: ὄμνυμι κ. (Bl., § 34, 1), He 6:13, 16, cf. Mt 26:63. C. acc. (WM, § 49 d; Bl., § 42, 2). Of motion or direction; through, throughout: Lk 8:39 9:6 10:4, Ac 8:1, 36, al.; to, towards, over against: Lk 10:32 (Field, Notes, 62), Ac 2:10 16:7, Ga 2:11, Phl 3:14, al.; in adverbial phrases, at, in, by, of: κατ’ οἶκον, at home, Ac 2:46; κατ’ ἰδίαν (v.s. ἴδιος ); καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16, Ro 14:22, Ja 2:17; c. pron. pers., Ac 17:28 18:15, Ro 1:15, Eph 1:15, al. Of time, at, during, about: Ac 8:26 12:1 19:23, Ro 9:9, He 1:10, al. Distributive; of place: κ. τόποὐς, Mt 24:7, al.; κ. πόλιν, Lk 8:1, 4, al.; κ. ἐκκλησίαν, Ac 14:23; of time: κ. ἔτος, Lk 2:41; ἑορτήν, Mt 27:15, al.; of numbers, etc.: καθ’ ἕνα πάντες, I Co 14:31 (on καθ’ εἷς, v.s. εἷς ); κ. ἑκατόν, Mk 6:40; κ. μέρος, He 9:5; κ. ὄνομα, Jo 10:3. Of fitness, reference, conformity, etc.; in relation to, concerning: Ro 1:3, 4 7:22 9:3, 5, I Co 1:26 10:18, Phl 1:12; κ. πάντα, Ac 17:22, Col 3:20, 22, He 2:17 4:15; according to, after, like: Mk 7:5, Lk 2:27, 29, Jo 7:24, Ro 8:4 14:15, Eph 2:2, Col 2:8, Ja 2:8, al. In composition, κ. denotes, down, down from ( καταβαίνω, etc.), hence, metaph.; victory or rule over ( καταδουλόω, -κυριεύω, etc.); "perfective" action (M, Pr., 111 ff.). under ( κατακαλύπτω, etc.). in succession ( καθεξῆς ). after, behind ( καταλείπω ). Hostility, against ( καταλαλέω ).Scroll for more

thatThat, that one there, yonder.ἐκεῖνος, -η, -ο (< ἐκεῖ ), [in LXX chiefly for הַהוּא,הוּא, and cogn. forms;] demonstr. pron., that person or thing ( ille ), implying remoteness as compared with οὗτος ( hic ); absol., emphatic he, she, it: opp. to οὗτος, Lk 18:14, Ja 4:15; ἡμεῖς, He 12:25; ὑμεῖς, Mt 13:11, Mk 4:11; ἄλλοι, Jo 9:9; ἐγώ, Jo 3:30; to persons named, Mk 16:[ 10, 13, 20 ], Jo 2:21; of one (absent) who is not named, contemptuously (Abbott, JG, §§2385, 2732), Jo 7:11 9:28; with respect, of Christ, I Jo 2:6 3:3, al.; referring to a preceding noun, Mk 16:[10], Jo 7:45; resumption of a participial subject, Jo 1:33 9:37 10:1, Ro 14:14, al. (on its reference in Jo 19:35, v. Westc, in l.; Moffatt, Intr., 568; Sanday, Fourth Gospel, 77ff.). As adj., joined, like οὗτος, to a noun with the article: Mt 7:25, Mk 3:24, Jo 18:15, al.; esp. of time, past or future: ἐν τ. ἡμέραις ἐ., Mt 3:1, Mk 1:9, Ac 2:18 (LXX), al.; ἐν ἐ. τ. ἡμέρᾳ, esp of the Parousia, Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, II Th 1:10, II Ti 1:12; adverbially, ἐκεινής (sc. ὁδοῦ ) = cl. ἐκεινῇ (Bl., §36, 13), that way, Lk 19:4.Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

time/right timeFitting season, season, opportunity, occasion, time.καιρός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for עֵת, also for מוֹעֵד, etc.;] due measure, fitness, proportion (Eur., Xen., al.). Of Time (cl. also) in the sense of a fixed and definite period, time, season (Kennedy, Sources, 153): Mt 11:25, Mk 1:15, Lk 21:8, Ro 13:11, Eph 6:18, He 11:15, I Pe 1:5, 11, Re 1:3, al.; c. gen., πειρασμοῦ, Lk 8:13; τ. καρπῶν, Mt 21:34; σύκων, Mk 11:13; pl., Mt 21:41; χρόνοι ἢ ( καὶ ) κ., Ac 1:7, I Th 5:1; ἐθνῶν, Lk 21:24; of opportune or seasonable time, Ac 24:25, Ga 6:10, Eph 5:16, Col 4:5; c. inf., He 11:15; ὁ κ. οὗτος, Mk 10:30, Lk 18:30; ὁ νῦν κ. (Dalman, Words, 148), Ro 8:18; ὁ κ. ὁ ἐμός, Jo 7:6; κ. δεκτῲ, II Co 6:2 (LXX); δουλεύειν τῷ κ., Ro 12:11, R, mg.; τ. σημεῖα τῶν κ., Mt 16:3; adverbial usages: ἐν κ., Mt 24:45, I Pe 5:6 (cf. καιρῷ, Lk 20:10; τῷ κ., Mk 12:2 ); ἄχρι καιροῦ, Lk 4:13; πρὸς καιρόν, Lk 8:13, I Co 7:5; κατὰ καιρόν, Ro 5:6; πρὸ καιροῦ, Mt 8:29. SYN.: χρόνος, time in the sense of duration.Scroll for more

to put on/seize(a) I throw upon, cast over, (b) I place upon, (c) I lay, (d) intrans: I strike upon, rush.ἐπι-βάλλω [in LXX for שָׁלַח, שִׁית, etc.;] trans., to cast, lay or put upon: c. acc et dat., Mk 11:7, I Co 7:35; c. acc, seq. ἐπί c. acc, Re 18:19, WH, mg.; τ. Χεῖρα ( -ας ) ἐπί (B1., § 37, 7), of seizing a prisoner, Mt 26:50, Lk 20:19 21:12, Jo 7:30, Ac 5:18 21:27; c. dat. (Polyb.), Mk 14:46 Ac 4:3; c. inf., Ac 12:1; τὴν χ. ἐπ’ ἄροτρον, Lk 9:62; ἐπίβλημα ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον, Lk 5:36; ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ, Mt 9:16. Intrans., to throw oneself or rush upon: τ. κύματα εἰς τ. πλοῖον, Mk 4:37; metaph., to put one's mind upon (but v. Field, Notes, 41 ff.), ἐπιβαλὼν ἔκλαιεν, when he thought thereon (sc. τ. ῥήματι ), he wept (EV, txt.; R, mg., he began to weep; cf. M, Pr., 131): Mk 14:72 (v. also Swete, in l); to fall to one's share: τὸ ἐπιβάλλον (sc. dat.; Hdt., a1., a technical formula freq. in π.; Deiss., BS, 230, LAE, 152), Lk 15:12.†Scroll for more

HerodHerod; four persons are called by this name: Herod the Great, Herod Antipas, Herod Agrippa, and Herod Agrippa the younger.Ἡρῴδης (Rec. -ώδης ), -ου, ὁ, Herod; Herod the Great: Mt 2, Ac 23:35. Herod Antipas ( ὁ τετραάρχης, Mt 14:1 ): Mt 14:1, 3, 6, Mk 6 8:15, Lk 1:5 3:1, 19 8:3 9:7, 9 13:31 23, Ac 4:27 13:1. Herod Agrippa I: Ac 12:1, 6, 11, 19, 21 (cf. Ἀγρίππας (II)).†Scroll for more

kingA king, ruler, but in some passages clearly to be translated: emperor.βασιλεύς, -έως, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for מֶלֶךְ;] a king: Mt 1:6 2:1; used by courtesy of Herod the Tetrarch, Mt 14:9; of the Roman Emperor, as freq. in κοινή (Deiss., LAE, p. 367), I Pe 2:13, 17; of the Christ, in the phrase ὁ β. τ. Ἰουδαίων, Mt 2:2, al.; τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, Mk 15:32, Jo 1:50 12:13; of God, Mt 5:35, I Ti 1:17, Re 15:3; β. βασιλέων, Re 17:14 19:16; β. τ. βασιλευόντων, I Ti 6:15 (on the associations of the word to Jewish Hellenists, v. Cl. Rev., i, 7).†Scroll for more

handA hand.χείρ, gen., χειρος (acc., χεῖραν, I Pe 5:6 T), ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for יָד;] the hand: Mt 3:12, Mk 3:1, Lk 6:6, al. mult.; ἡ χ., acting subject, Lk 22:21; pl., Ac 17:25 20:34, I Jo 1:1; τ. ἔργα τῶν χ., Ac 7:41, Re 9:20; ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τ. ἐμῇ χ., I Co 16:21, Col 4:18, II Th 3:17; prepositional phrases, esp. those without art., similar to Heb. constructions (Bl., §32, 4; 40, 9; 46, 9), ἐν χ.; c gen. (Lft., in l.), Ga 3:19; σὺν χ. ἀγγέλου, Ac 7:35; διὰ (τῶν) χειρῶν (διὰ χειρός), Mk 6:2, Ac 5:12 7:25, al.; ἐπὶ χειρῶν, Mt 4:6, Lk 4:11; ellipse of χ. ( ἡ δεξία, ἀριστερα; Bl., § 44, 1), Mt 6:3, al. By meton., for the power or activity of an individual, Mt 17:22, Mk 9:31, Lk 9:44, Jo 10:39, Ac 12:11, al.; metaph., of the activity or power of God: Lk 1:66 23:46, Jo 10:29, Ac 11:21 13:11, al.Scroll for more

to harmI treat badly, afflict, embitter, make angry.κακόω, -ῶ (< κακός ), [in LXX chiefly for רעע hi., ענה pi.;] to ill-treat, afflict, distress: c. acc. pers., Ac 7:6, 19 12:1 18:10, I Pe 3:13. (not in cl.), to embitter ( Ps 105 (106):32 ): Ac 14:2.†Scroll for more

oneAny one, some one, a certain one or thing.τις, neut., τι, gen., τινός, enclitic indefinite pron., related to interrog. τίς as πού, πως, ποτέ to ποῦ, πῶς, πότε. As subst., one, a certain one: Lk 9:49, Jo 11:1, Ac 5:25, al.; pl., τίνες, certain, some: Lk 13:1, Ac 15:1, Ro 3:8, al. someone, anyone, something, anything: Mt 12:29, Mk 9:30, Lk 8:46, Jo 2:25, Ac 17:25, Ro 5:7, al.; = indef., one (French on ), Mk 8:4, Jo 2:25, Ro 8:24, al.; pl., τινες, some, Mk 14:4, al. As adj., a certain: Mt 18:12, Lk 1:5 8:27, Ac 3:2, al.; with proper names, Mk 15:21, Lk 23:26, al.; c. gen. partit., Lk 7:19, al. some: Mk 16:[18], Jo 5:14, Ac 17:21 24:24, He 11:40, al.Scroll for more

away fromFrom, away from.ἀπό (on the freq. neglect of elision bef. vowels, v. Tdf., Pr., 94, WH, App., 146), prep. c. gen. (WM, 462 ff.; on its relation to ἐκ, παρά, ὑπό, WM, 456 f.), [in LXX for מִן, בְּ, לְ;] from (i.e. from the exterior). Of separation and cessation; of motion from a place: Mt 5:29, 30 7:23, Lk 5:2 22:41, al.; in partitive sense (M, Pr., 72, 102, 245; MM, s.v.; Bl., § 40, 2), Mt 9:16 27:21, Jo 21:10, Ac 5:2, al.; also after verbs of eating, etc.; of alienation (cl. gen. of separation), after such verbs as λούω (Deiss., BS, 227), λύω, σώζω, παύω, etc.; ἀνάθεμα ἀ., Ro 9:3; ἀποθνήσκειν ἀ., Col 2:20; σαλευθῆναι, II Th 2:2, καθαρός, -ίζειν, ἀ. (Deiss., BS, 196, 216), Ac 20:26, II Co 7:1, He 9:14; of position, Mt 23:34 24:31, al.; after μακράν, Mt 8:30; transposed before measures of distance, Jo 10:18 21:8, Re 14:20 (Abbott, JG, 227); of time, ἀπὸ τ. ὥρας, ἡμέρας, etc., Mt 9:22, Jo 19:27, Ac 20:18, Phl 1:5, al.; ἀπ’ αἰῶνος, Lk 1:70, al.; ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, etc., Mt 19:4, Ro 1:20; ἀπὸ βρέφους, II Ti 3:15; ἀφ’ ἧς, since, Lk 7:45, al.; ἀπὸ τ. νῦν, Lk 1:48, al.; ἀπὸ τότε, Mt 4:17, al.; ἀπὸ πέρυσι, a year ago, II Co 8:10 9:2; ἀπὸ πρωΐ, Ac 28:23; of order or rank, ἀπὸ διετοῦς, Mt 2:16; ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ, Mt 1:17; ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδάμ, Ju 14; ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, Ac 8:10, He 8:11; ἄρχεσθαι ἀπό, Mt 20:8, Jo 8:9, Ac 8:35, al. Of origin; of birth, extraction, and hence, in late writers, of local extraction (cl. ἐξ; Abbott, JG, 227 ff.), Mt 21:11, Mk 15:43, Jo 1:45, Ac 10:38, al.; οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας (WM, § 66, 6; M, Pr., 237; Westc, Rendall, in l.), He 13:24; of membership in a community or society (Bl., § 40, 2), Ac 12:1, al.; of material (= cl. gen.; Bl., § 40, 2; M, Pr., 102), Mt 3:4 27:21; after verbs of asking, seeking, etc., Lk 11:50, 51, I Th 2:6 (Milligan, in l.); of the cause, instrument, means or occasion (freq. = ὑπό, παρά, and after verbs of learning, hearing, knowing, etc.; Bl., § 40, 3), Mt 7:16 11:29, Lk 22:45, Ac 2:22 4:36 9:13 12:14, I Co 11:23, Ga 3:2, al.; ἀπὸ τ. ὄχλου, Lk 19:3 (cf. Jo 21:6, Ac 22:11 ); ἀπὸ τ. φόβου, Mt 14:26, al. (cf. Mt 10:28 13:44 ). Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases: φοβεῖσθαι ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107); προσέχειν ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107; Milligan, NTD, 50); ἀπὸ νότου (Heb. מִנֶּגֶב ), Re 21:13; ἀπὸ προσώπου ( מִפְּנֵי ), II Th 1:9 (Bl., § 40, 9); ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν ( בְּלֵב ), Mt 18:35; ἀπὸ ὁ ὤν (WM, § 10, 2; M, Pr., 9), Re 1:4. In composition, ἀπό denotes separation, departure, origin, etc. ( ἀπολύω, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀπογράφω ); it also has a perfective force (M, Pr., 112, 247), as in ἀφικνεῖσθαι, ἀφικνεῖσθαι, q.v.Scroll for more

assemblyAn assembly, congregation, church; the Church, the whole body of Christian believers.ἐκκλησία, -ας, ἡ (< ἐκ-καλέω ), [in LXX chiefly for קָהָל, otherwise for one of its cogn. forms;] prop., an assembly of citizens regularly convened (in Thuc., ii, 22, opp. to σύλλογος, a concourse ): Ac 19:32, 39, 41. In LXX of the assembly, congregation, community of Israel (De 4:10 23:2, al.): Ac 7:38, He 2:12 (LXX). NT, esp. of an assembly or company of Christians, a (the) church; of gatherings for worship: I Co 11:18 14:19, 34, 35; of local communities: Ac 8:3, I Co 4:17; with name added, Ac 8:1, Ro 16:1, I Th 1:1, al.; pl., Ac 15:41, I Co 7:17; τ. Χριστοῦ, Ro 16:16; τ. Ἀσίας, I Co 16:19; τ. ἁγίων, I Co 14:33; εἰπὸν τ. ἐκκλησίᾳ, Mt 18:17 (but v. Hort, Ecclesia, 10); of a house-congregation ( DB, i, 431a), Ro 16:5, I Co 16:19, Col 4:15, Phm 2; of the whole body of Christians: Mt 16:18, I Co 12:28, Eph 1:22, Phl 3:6, al.; τ. θεοῦ, Ac 20:28 ( Κυρίου, T, R, mg.), I Co 15:9, Ga 1:13, I Ti 3:15; ἐ. προτοτόκων ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς, He 12:23. SYN.: συναγωγή, q.v. (v. Tr., Syn., §i; DB, i, 426; Hort, Ecclesia, esp. 4ff., 107ff.; Hamilton, People of God, ii, 37ff.; reff. s.vv. "Church," "Congregation," in DB and DCG; Cremer, 332).Scroll for more

← Back to Psalms 37:14

← Back to Daniel 11:33

← Back to Matthew 4:21

← Back to Matthew 10:2

← Back to Matthew 20:23

← Back to Matthew 23:34

← Back to Hebrews 11:37

Acts 12:2

2And he killed James the brother of John with the sword

Related verses (6)

he killed

And

James

the

brother

of John

with the sword

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

ἀνεῖλενah-NAY-len

δὲdeh

Ἰάκωβονee-AH-koh-bohn

τὸνtohn

ἀδελφὸνah-del-FOHN

Ἰωάννουee-oh-AH-noo

μαχαίρῃmah-CHAI-ray

The Pieces

ἀνεῖλενGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

Ἰάκωβονname of a person

τὸνGreek article

ἀδελφὸνGreek noun, masculine

Ἰωάννουname of a person

μαχαίρῃGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

to killI take up, take away the life of, make an end of, murder.ἀν-αιρέω, -ῶ [in LXX for הרג hi., מֵת hi., נכה hi., etc.;] to take up: mid., Ac 7:21. to take away, make an end of, destroy (for late exx. of various senses, v. MM, VGT, s.v.); of things (as freq. in cl. of laws, etc.): He 10:9; of persons, to kill: Mt 2:16, Lk 22:2 23:32, Ac 2:23 5:33, 36 7:28 9:23-24, 29 10:39 12:2 13:28 16:27 22:20 23:15, 21 23:27 25:3 26:10, II Th 2:8, WH, txt., R, txt.†Scroll for more

JamesJames, (a) the Small, son of Alphaeus, and one of the Twelve, (b) half-brother of Jesus, (c) father (?) of Jude, (d) son of Zebedee, and brother of John, one of the Twelve, killed A.D. 44.Ἰάκωβος, -ου, ὁ (Heb., v. previous word), James; Son of Zebedee: Mt 4:21, Mk 1:19, 29, Ac 1:13 12:2, al. Son of Alphæus: Mt 10:3, Mk 2:14, al.; commonly identified with Ἰ. ὁ μικρός, James the little, son of Mary (v.s. Μαρία, 3; Κλωπᾶς ), Mt 27:56, Mk 15:40 16:1 (cf. Jo 19:25 ). The Lord's brother (v.s. ἀδελφός ): Mt 13:55, Mk 6:3, Ac 12:17, al., I Co 15:7 (probably), Ga 1:19 2:9, 12, Ja 1:1, Ju 1. The father of the apostle, Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου: Lk 6:16, Ac 1:13.Scroll for more

brotherA brother, member of the same religious community, especially a fellow-Christian.ἀδελφός, -οῦ, ὁ (< ἀ- copul., δελφύς, womb ), in cl., a brother, born of the same parent or parents. [In LXX (Hort, Ja., 102 f.), for אָח;] lit. of a brother ( Ge 4:2, al.). Of a neighbour ( Le 19:17 ). Of a member of the same nation ( Ex 2:14, De 15:3 ). In NT in each of these senses (1. Mt 1:2, al.; 2. Mt 7:3; 3. Ro 9:3 ) and also, of a fellow-Christian: I Co 1:1, Ac 9:30. This usage finds illustration in π., where ἀ. is used of members of a pagan religious community (M, Th., I, 1:4; MM, VGT, s.v.). The ἀδελφοὶ τ. Κυρίου ( Mt 12:46-49 13:55 28:10, Mk 3:31-34, Lk 8:19-21, Jo 2:12 7:3, 5 10 20:17, Ac 1:14, I Co 9:5 ) may have been sons of Joseph and Mary (Mayor, Ja., Intr. viff.; DB, i, 320 ff.) or of Joseph by a former marriage (Lft., Gal., 252ff.; DCG, i, 232 ff.), but the view of Jerome, which makes ἀ. equivalent to ἀνεψιός, is inconsistent with Greek usage. (Cremer, 66.)Scroll for more

JohnJohn: the Baptist, the apostle, a member of the Sanhedrin, or John Mark.

swordA sword.μάχαιρα, -ης (Att. -ας; v. WH, App., 156 a; Bl., § 7, 1), ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for חֶרֶב; also for מַאֲכֶלֶת, etc.;] (in Hom., al.) a large knife or dirk, for sacrificial purposes ( Ge 22:6, 10, Jg 19:29 A). a short sword or dagger (as disting. from ῥομφαία, a large broad sword and ξίφος, a straight sword for thrusting): Mt 26:47 ff., Mk 14:43, 47, 48, Lk 22:36 ff., Jo 18:10, 11 Ac 16:27, He 11:37, Re 6:4 13:10, 14; στόμα μαχαίρης (as in Heb. פִּה חֶרֶב, Ge 34:26, al.), the edge of the sword: Lk 21:24, He 11:34; μ. δίστομος, He 4:12; ἀναιρεῖν μαχαίρῃ, Ac 12:2; τὴν μ. φορεῖν, Ro 13:4. Metaph., Mt 10:34 (opp. to εἰρήνη ), Ro 8:35; μ. τοῦ πνεύματος, Eph 6:17.†Scroll for more

← Back to Exodus 12:15

← Back to Exodus 34:18

← Back to Leviticus 23:6

← Back to Numbers 28:16

← Back to Psalms 76:10

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 2:15

Acts 12:3

3And when he saw that it pleased the Jews he proceeded to seize Peter also And those were the days of unleavened bread

Related verses (16)

when he saw

And

that

pleased

the

Jews

he proceeded

to seize

also

Peter

those were

And

the days

of … bread

unleavened

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

ἰδὼνee-DOHN

δὲdeh

ὅτιHOH-tee

ἀρεστόνah-reh-STOHN

ἐστινeh-steen

τοῖςtoys

Ἰουδαίοιςee-oo-DAI-oys

προσέθετοproh-SEH-theh-toh

συλλαβεῖνsoo-lah-BAYN

καὶkai

ΠέτρονPEH-trohn

ἦσανAY-sahn

δὲdeh

ἡμέραιhay-MEH-rai

τῶνtohn

ἀζύμωνah-ZOO-mohn

The Pieces

ἰδὼν

δὲGreek conjunction

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ἀρεστόνGreek adjective

ἐστινGreek verb

τοῖςGreek article

Ἰουδαίοιςname of a people descended from a person

προσέθετοGreek verb

συλλαβεῖνGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

Πέτρονname of a person

ἦσανGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ἡμέραιGreek noun, feminine

τῶνGreek article

ἀζύμωνGreek adjective

What It Can Mean

to seeI see, look upon, experience, perceive, discern, beware.ὁράω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for חזה, etc.;] in "durative" sense (hence aor. act., εἶδον, pass., ὤφθην, fut., ὄψομαι, from different roots; v. M, Pr., 110 f.), to see (in colloq. even the pres. is rare, its place being generally taken by βλέτω, θεωρέω, v. Bl., § 24). Of bodily vision, to see, perceive, behold: absol., Mk 6:38, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:46, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mk 2:16, al.; c. acc., Mt 2:2, Mk 1:10 16:7, Ga 1:19, al.; θεόν, Jo 1:18, I Jo 4:20, al. to see with the mind, perceive, discern: absol, Ro 15:21; c. acc. rei., Mt 9:2 27:54, Ac 8:23, Col 2:18, al. to see, take heed, beware: ὅρα μή, c. aor. subjc., Mt 8:4 18:10, Mk 1:44, I Th 5:15; id., sc. μὴ ποήσῃς, Re 19:10 22:9 (Bl., § 81, 1); seq. imperat. Mt 9:30 16:6, Mk 8:15. to experience: τ. θάνατον, Lk 2:26, He 11:5; ζωήν, Jo 3:36; τ. διαφθοράν, Ac 2:27. to visit: c. acc. pers., Lk 8:20, Jo 12:21, Ro 1:11, al.; c. acc. loc., Ac 19:21. to see to, care for: Mt 27:4, Ac 18:15 (cf. ἀφ-, καθ-, προ-, συν-οράω ). SYN.: v.s. βλέπω.Scroll for more

that/since: thatThat, since, because; may introduce direct discourse.ὅτι, conjc. (prop. neut. of ὅστις ). As conjc, introducing an objective clause, that; after verbs of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling: Mt 3:9 6:32 11:25, Mk 3:28, Lk 2:49, Jo 2:22, Ac 4:13, Ro 1:13 8:38 10:9, Phl 4:15, Ja 2:24, al.; elliptically, Jo 6:46, Phl 3:12, al. After εἶναι ( γίνεσθαι ): defining a demonstr. or pers. pron., Jo 3:19 16:19, Ro 9:6, I Jo 3:16 al.; c. pron. interrog., Mt 8:27, Mk 4:41, Lk 4:36, Jo 4:22 al.; id. elliptically, Lk 2:49, Ac 5:4, 9, al.; Untranslatable, before direct discourse ( ὅτι recitantis ): Mt 7:23, Mk 2:16, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:20, Ac 15:1, He 11:18, al. (on the pleonastic ὡς ὅτι, v.s. ὡς ). As causal particle, for that, because: Mt 5:4-12, Lk 6:20, 21, Jo 1:30 5:27, Ac 1:5, I Jo 4:18, Re 3:10, al. mult.; διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι, Jo 8:47 10:17, al.; answering a question ( διὰ τί ), Ro 9:32, al.; οὐκ ὅτι... ἀλλ’ ὅτι, Jo 6:26 12:6.Scroll for more

pleasingPleasing, satisfactory, acceptable.ἀρεστός, -ή, -όν (< ἀρέσκω ), [in LXX for ישׁר, etc.;] pleasing, agreeable (Hdt., Xen., and later writers; v. Cremer, 641 f; MM, s.v.): c. dat. pers., Jo 8:29, Ac 12:3; seq. ἐνώπιον, c. gen. (Bl., § 37, 1; 40, 7), I Jn 3:22; ἀρεστόν ἐστιν, c. acc. et inf (Bl., § 69, 5; 72, 5), Ac 6:2.†Scroll for more

he isεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

JewJewish.Ἰουδαῖος, -αία, -αῖον (< Ἰούδας ), Jewish: ἀνήρ, Ac 10:28 22:3; ἄνθρωπος, Ac 21:39; ψευδοπροφήτης, 13:6; ἀσχιερεύς, 19:14; γυνή, 16:1 24:24; γῆ, Jo 3:22; χώρα, Mk 1:5. Substantively, Ἰουδαῖος, ὁ, a Jew: Jo 4:9, Ac 18:24, Ro 2:28; pl., Re 2:9 3:9; οἱ Ἰ., Mt 2:2, Mk 7:3, Jo 2:6, al.; Ἰ. τε καὶ Ἕλληνες, Ac 14:1, al.; κ. προσήλυτοι, Ac 2:10; ἔθνη τε κ. Ἰ., Ac 14:5; οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη Ἰ., Ac 21:21; of Jewish Christians, Ga 2:13; of the ruling class who opposed Jesus, Jo 1:19 2:18 5:10 11:8 13:33, al.; Ἰουδαία, -ας, ἡ (sc. γῆ, χώρα, cf. Jo 3:22, Mk 1:5 ), (Heb. יְהוּדָה ), Judæa: Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Jo 4:3, al.Scroll for more

to add toI place (put) to, add; I do again.προσ-τίθημι, [in LXX chiefly for יסף hi., also for אסף ni., etc.;] to put to. to add, join to, give in addition: c. acc. seq. ἐπί, Mt 6:27, Lk 3:20 12:25; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, Ac 2:47; c. acc. et dat., Lk 17:5, He 12:19 (v. MM, xxi); pass., absol., Ac 2:41, Ga 3:19; c. dat., Mt 6:33, Mk 4:24, Lk 12:31, Ac 5:14 11:24; προσετέθη πρὸς τ. πατέρας (cf. Ge 26:8, Jg 2:10, al.), Ac 13:36; c. inf., of repeating or continuing the action signified by the following verb, as in Heb. idiom ( Ge 4:2 8:12, al.; cf. WM, § 54, 5; Lft. on Clem., I Co., xii; but v. also M, Pr., 67, 233; Deiss., BS, 67 1; MM, xxi), Lk 20:11, Ac 12:3; similarly ptcp., προσθείς, c. indic. ( Ge 38:5, al.), Lk 19:11.†Scroll for more

to seize/conceive/helpI seize, apprehend, assist, conceive, become pregnant.συλ-λαμβάνω [in LXX for תּפשׂ, הרה, etc.;] c. acc., to bring together, collect. to seize, take: c. acc. pers., as a prisoner, Mt 26:55, Mk 14:48, Lk 22:54, Jo 18:12, Ac 1:16 12:3; pass., Ac 23:27; mid., in sense of act., Ac 26:21; σ. ἄγραν ἰχθύων, Lk 5:9. C. dat. pers., to take part with, assist, succour; mid., in same sense: Lk 5:7, Phl 4:3. Of a woman, to conceive: absol., Lk 1:24; seq. ἐν γαστρί, Lk 1:31; c. acc., Lk 1:36; ib. seq. ἐν τ. κοιλίᾳ, Lk 2:21; metaph., of lust producing sin, Ja 1:15.†Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

PeterPeter, a Greek name meaning "rock".Πέτρος, -ου, ὁ (i.e. a stone, v.s. πέτρα, Κηφᾶς ), Simon Peter, the Apostle: Mt 4:18 10:2, Mk 3:16, Lk 5:8, Jo 1:41, 43, al.Scroll for more

wasεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

dayA day, the period from sunrise to sunset.ἡμέρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for יוֹם;] day; as distinct from night: gen. ἡμέρας, by day (WM, §30, 11), Re 21:25; ἡ. κ. νυκτός (ν. κ. ἡ.), Ac 9:24, I Th 2:9, II Th 3:8, Re 4:8 (Bl., §36, 13); ἡμέρας μέσης, at mid-day, Ac 26:13; acc. durat., τ. ἡμέρας, Lk 21:37; ὅλην τὴν ἡ., Ro 8:36; ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, Jo 11:9, Ro 13:13; ἡμέρας ὁδός, a day's journey, Lk 2:44; ἡ. γίνεται, Lk 4:42 22:66; κλίνει, Lk 9:12, al.; metaph., Jo 9:4, Ro 13:12, I Th 5:4, 5, 8, II Pe 1:19. Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night: Mt 6:34, Mk 6:21, Lk 13:14, al.; τρίτῃ ἡ., Mt 16:21; ἡμέρᾳ κ. ἡ. (cf. יוֹם בְּיֹום, Es 3:4 ), II Co 4:16; ὅλην τ. ἡ., Ro 8:36 10:21; pl., Jo 2:12, Ac 9:19, al.; ἡ. τῶν ἀζύμων, Ac 12:3; τ. σαββάτου, Lk 13:14, 16; ἡ κυριάκη ἡ., Re 1:10. In Messianic sense, of the last day: ἡ ἡ. ( ἐκείνη, τ. κυρίου, etc.), Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, Ro 13:12, I Co 1:8, I Th 5:2, II Th 2:2, II Pe 3:10, al.; by meton., as compared with the divine judgment on that day, ἡ. ἀνθρωπίνη, of a human tribunal, I Co 4:3 (EV, man's judgment ). As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl., §46, 9; M, Pr., 81), of time in general: Jo 8:56 14:20, II Co 6:2, Eph 6:13, II Pe 3:18; pl., Ac 15:7, Eph 5:16, He 10:32; πᾶσας τὰς ἡ. (cf. כָּל הַיָּמִים, De 4:40, al.; MM, Exp., xv), Mt 28:20; ἐλεύσονται ἡ. ὅταν (ὅτε), Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35 17:22; αἱ ἡ., c. gen. pers. ( Ge 26:1, al.), Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Ac 7:45, I Pe 3:20; ἀρχὴ ἡμερῶν, He 7:3.Scroll for more

unleavenedUnleavened, the paschal feast (a feast of the Hebrews); fig: uncorrupted, sincere.ἄζυμος, -ον (< ζύμη ), [in LXX for מָצָּה; τὰ ἄ. (sc. λάγανα, cakes ) = הַמָצָּה;] unleavened: ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν ἄ. ( הַג הַמָצָּה ), the paschal feast (also called τὰ ἄ., Mk 14:1 ), Lk 22:1; ἡμέρα τῶν ἄ., Mt 26:17, Mk 14:12, Lk 22:7; ἡμέραι, Ac 12:3 20:6. Fig., of Christians, free from corruption: I Co 5:7; exhorted to keep festival, ἐν ἀζύμοις (sc. ἄρτοις, λάγανοις, or, indefinitely, "unleavened elements"), I Co 5:8 (Cremer, 724).†Scroll for more

← Back to Joshua 2:3

← Back to 1 Kings 19:2

← Back to Psalms 69:33

← Back to Jeremiah 37:15

← Back to Daniel 2:18

← Back to Daniel 3:20

← Back to Daniel 6:17

← Back to Acts 12:10

← Back to Acts 12:19

← Back to Acts 16:23

← Back to 2 Corinthians 6:5

← Back to Hebrews 11:36

Acts 12:4

4And when he had taken him he put him in prison and delivered him to four quaternions of soldiers to guard him intending after the Passover to bring him forth to the people

Related verses (16)

him

And

when he had taken

he put him

prison

and delivered him

four

to … quaternions

of soldiers

to guard

him

intending

after

the

Passover

to bring … forth

him

to the

people

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

ὃνhohn

καὶkai

πιάσαςpee-AH-sahs

ἔθετοEH-theh-toh

εἰςays

φυλακήνfoo-lah-KAYN

παραδοὺςpah-rah-DOOS

τέσσαρσινTEH-sahr-seen

τετραδίοιςteh-trah-DEE-oys

στρατιωτῶνstrah-tee-oh-TOHN

φυλάσσεινfoo-LAH-sayn

αὐτόνow-TOHN

βουλόμενοςboo-LOH-meh-nohs

μετὰmeh-TAH

τὸtoh

πάσχαPAH-schah

ἀναγαγεῖνah-nah-gah-GAYN

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

τῷtoh

λαῷlah-OH

The Pieces

ὃνGreek relative pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

πιάσαςGreek verb

ἔθετοGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

φυλακήνGreek noun, feminine

παραδοὺςGreek verb

τέσσαρσινGreek adjective

τετραδίοιςGreek noun, neuter

στρατιωτῶνGreek noun, masculine

φυλάσσεινGreek verb

αὐτόνGreek pronoun

βουλόμενοςGreek verb

μετὰGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

πάσχαAramaic noun

ἀναγαγεῖνGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

τῷGreek article

λαῷGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

to arrest/catchI lay hold of, apprehend, catch, arrest.πιάζω (cf. M Gr. πιάνω; v. Kennedy, Sources, 155), Doric and late Att. for πιέζω in its later senses; [in LXX: Ca 2:15 ( אחז ), Si 23:21 *;] to lay hold of: Ac 3:7 (Theocr.). to take, capture, apprehend: Jo 7:30, 32, 44 8:20 10:39 11:57 21:3, 10, Ac 12:4, II Co 11:32, Re 19:20 (v. MM, xx).†Scroll for more

to placeI put, place, lay, set, fix, establish.τίθημι, [in LXX for שִׁית,נתן,שׂוּם, etc.;] causative of κεῖμαι, to place, lay, set: Lk 6:48, Ro 9:33, al.; of laying the dead to rest, Mk 15:47, Lk 23:55, Jo 11:34, Ac 7:16, al.; seq. ἐπί, c. gen., Lk 8:16, Jo 19:19, al.; id. c. acc., Mk 4:21, II Co 3:13, al.; ὑπό, Mt 5:15, al.; παρά, Ac 4:35, 37. Mid., to have put or placed, to place for oneself: of putting in prison, Ac 4:3, 5:18, 25, al.; of giving counsel, βουλήν, Ac 27:12; of laying up in one's heart, Lk 1:66 21:14 ( I Ki 21:12 ); to put down, lay down: of bending the knees, τ. γόνατα, to kneel, Mk 15:19, Ac 7:60, al.; of putting off garments, Jo 13:4; of laying down life, τ. ψυχήν, Jo 10:11, 15, 17, 18 13:37, 38 15:13, I Jo 3:16; of laying by money, παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, I Co 16:2; of setting on food, Jo 2:10; metaph., of setting forth an idea in symbolism, Mk 4:30. to set, fix, establish: ὑπόδειγμα, II Pe 2:6. to make, appoint: Mt 22:44, Mk 12:36, Lk 20:43, Ac 2:35, Ro 4:17, al. Mid., to make, set or appoint for oneself: Ac 20:28, I Co 12:28, I Th 5:9, I Ti 1:12, al.; seq. ἵνα, Jo 15:16 (cf. ἀνα-, προσ-ανα-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἀντι-δια-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, συν-επι-, κατα-, συν-κατα-, μετα-, παρα-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπο-τίθημι ).Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

prison/watch: prisonA watching, keeping guard; a guard, prison; imprisonment.φυλακή, -ῆς, ἡ (< φυλάσσω ) [in LXX chiefly for מִשְׁמֶרֶת and cogn. forms, also for כֶּלֶא etc.;] actively, a guarding, guard, watch (Hom., Plat., Xen., al.): cogn. acc., φυλάσσειν φυλακάς, to keep watch, Lk 2:8; of those who keep watch (as also Lat. custodia ), a guard; pl., sentinels, a guard (Hom., al.): Ac 12:10; of the place where persons are kept under guard, a prison (Hdt., Thuc., al.): Mt 14:10, Mk 6:17, Lk 3:20, Ac 5:19, II Co 6:5, I Pe 3:19, Re 18:2, al.; of the time during which guard was kept by night (Lat. vigilia; Anthol.), a watch: Mt 14:25 24:43, Mk 6:48, Lk 12:38Scroll for more

to deliverI hand over, pledge, hand down, deliver, commit, commend, betray, abandon.παρα-δίδωμι, [in LXX chiefly for נתן;] correl. to παρδέχομαι, to give or hand over to another: c. acc. et dat., Mt 11:27 25:14, Lk 4:6, al.; of being delivered up to a course of teaching, pass. seq. εἰς, Ro 6:17. to commit, commend: Ac 14:26 15:40, I Pe 2:23. to give or deliver up to prison or judgment: c. acc. pers., Mt 4:12, Mk 1:14, Ro 4:25, II Pe 2:4; id. seq. ὑπέρ, Ro 8:32; c. dat., Mt 5:25, Mk 15:1, Lk 12:58, Jo 19:11, al.; id. seq. ἵνα, Jo 19:16; c. inf., Ac 12:4; seq. εἰς, Mt 10:17 17:22 24:9, Lk 21:12, Ac 8:3, II Co 4:11, al.; τ. Σατανᾷ, I Ti 1:20; id. seq. εἰς ὄλεθρον σαρκός, I Co 5:5; with the collat. idea of treachery (= προδίδωμι ), c. acc. pers., Mt 26:16, Mk 14:11, Jo 6:64, al.; id. c. dat., Mt 26:15, al.; pres. ptcp., ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτόν, Mt 26:25, Mk 14:42, Jo 13:11. to hand down, hand on or deliver verbally (traditions, commands, etc.): Mk 7:13, Lk 1:2, Ac 6:14, I Co 11:2 15:2; pass., II Pe 2:21, Ju 3. to permit (for exx. in cl., v. LS, s.v.): Mk 4:29.Scroll for more

fourFour.τέσσαρες (and Ion. and late -ερες, and late acc -ες; v. WH, App., 150; M, Pr., 36, 45 f.), οἱ, αἱ, -αρα, τά, gen., -ων, four: Mt 24:31, Mk 2:3, Lk 2:37, Jo 11:17 19:23, Ac 10:11, Re 4:4, 6, alScroll for more

squad of fourA quaternion, a group of four soldiers.† τετράδιον, ου, τό a quarternion, a group of four: στρατιωτῶν, Ac 12:4 (Philo).Scroll for more

soldierA soldier.στρατιώτης, -ου, ὁ [in LXX; II Ki 23:8 B 1, II Mac 5:12 14:39, III Mac 3:12; IV Mac 3 *;] a soldier: Mt 8:9, Mk 15:16, Jo 19:2, Ac 10:7, al.; metaph., σ. Χριστοῦ Ἰησ., II Ti 2:3.†Scroll for more

to keep/guard: observe(a) I guard, protect; mid: I am on my guard, (b) act. and mid. of customs and regulations: I keep, observe.φυλάσσω [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for שָׁמַר, also for נָצַר, etc.;] to guard, watch; to guard or watch: c. cogn. acc., φυλακάς, Lk 2:8; c. acc. pers., Ac 12:4 28:16; pass., Lk 8:29, Ac 23:35; c. acc. rei, Ac 22:20; to guard or protect: c. acc., Lk 11:21, Jo 12:25 17:12, II Th 3:3, I Ti 6:20, II Ti 1:12, 14, II Pe 2:5; ἑαυτὸν ἀπό, I Jn 5:21 (Westc., in l.); metaph. of law, precept, etc., to keep, preserve, observe: Mt 19:20, Lk 11:28 18:21, Jo 12:47, Ac 7:53 16:4 21:24, Ro 2:26, Ga 6:13, I Ti 5:21. Mid., to be on one's guard (against), keep oneself from, beware of: c. acc., Ac 21:25, II Ti 4:15; seq. ἀπό., Lk 12:15; ἵνα μή, II Pe 3:17; as in LXX ( Ex 12:17, Le 18:4, al.), of laws, etc., to keep, observe: ταῦτα πάντα, Mk 10:20 (cf. δια-φυάσσω ).† SYN.: τηρέω, q.vScroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to planI will, intend, desire, wish.βούλομαι, [in LXX for חפץ, אבה, יעץ, etc.;] to will, wish, desire, purpose, be minded, implying more strongly than θέλω (q.v.), the deliberate exercise of volition (v. Hort on Ja 1:18 ): c. inf. (M, Pr., 205; Bl., §69, 4), Mk 15:15, Ac 5:28, 33 12:4 15:37 17:20 18:15, 27 19:30 22:30 23:28 27:43 28:18, II Co 1:15, I Ti 6:9, He 6:17, II Jo 12, III Jo 10, Ju 5; c. acc., II Co 1:17; c. acc. et inf., Phl 1:12, I Ti 2:8 5:14, Tit 3:8, II Pe 3:9; of the will making choice between alternatives, Mt 1:19 11:27, Lk 10:22, Ac 25:20, I Co 12:11, Ja 3:4 4:4; εἰ βούλει (cl., a courteous phrase = θέλεις, colloq.; Bl., §21, 8; LS, s.v.), Lk 22:42; c. subjc., adding force to a question of deliberation (Bl., §64, 6), Jo 18:39; βουληθείς, of set purpose (v. Hort, in l.), Ja 1:18; impf., ἐβουλόμην (= cl. βουλοίμην ἄν; Bl., §63, 5; Lft., Phm. 13), Ac 25:22, Phm 13 (v. also Cremer, 143).†Scroll for more

with/after(a) gen: with, in company with, (b) acc: (1) behind, beyond, after, of place, (2) after, of time, with nouns, neut. of adjectives.μετά (before vowel μετ’; on the neglect of elision in certain cases, V. WH, App., 146 b ), prep. c. gen., acc. (in poet, also c. dat.), [in LXX for אֵת, עִם, אַחַד, etc.;]. C. gen., among, amid: Mk 1:13, Lk 22:37 (LXX, ἐν ) 24:5, Jo 18:5, al.; διωγμῶν, Mk 10:30. Of association and companionship, with (in which sense it gradually superseded σύν, than which it is much more freq. in NT; cf. Bl., § 42, 3): c. gen. pers., Mt 8:11 20:20, Mk 1:29 3:7, Lk 5:30, Jo 3:22, Ga 2:1, al. mult.; εἶναι μετά, Mt 5:25, Mk 3:14, al.; metaph., of divine help and guidance, Jo 3:2, Ac 7:9, Phl 4:9, al.; opp. to εἶναι κατά, Mt 12:30, Lk 11:23; in Hellenistic usage (but v. M, Pr., 106, 246 f.), πολεμεῖν μετά = cl. π., c. dat., to wage war against (so LXX for נִלְחַם עִם probably misspelled לְהִלָּחֵם, I Ki 17:33 ), Re 2:16, al.; c. gen. rei, χαρᾶς, Mt 13:20, Mk 4:16, al.; ὀργῆς, Mk 3:5, al. C. acc., of place, behind, after: He 9:3. Of time, after: Mt 17:1, Mk 14:1, Lk 1:24, Ac 1:5, Ga 1:18, al.; μετὰ τοῦτο, Jo 2:12, al.; ταῦτα, Mk 16:[12], Lk 5:27, Jo 3:22, al; c. inf. artic. (Bl., § 71, 5; 72, 3), Mt 26:32, Mk 1:14, al. In composition, of association or community: μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, etc. Exchange or transference: μεταλλάσσω, μετοικίζω, etc. after: μεταμέλομαι.Scroll for more

Passover lambThe feast of Passover, the Passover lamb.† πάσχα, τό, indecl. (Aram. טַּסְחָא ), [in LXX for פֶּסַח;] the festival of the Passover: Mt 26:2, Mk 14:1, Lk 22:1, Jo 2:13, 23 6:4 11:55 12:1 18:39 19:14, Ac 12:4, He 11:28;. ἡ ἐορτὴ τοῦ π., Lk 2:41, Jo 13:1. By meton., the paschal supper: ἑτοιμάζειν τὸ π., Mt 26:19, Mk 14:16, Lk 22:8, 13; ποιεῖν τό π., Mt 26:18; the pasohal lamb: θύειν τό π. ( Ex 12:21 ), Mk 14:12, Lk 22:7; of Christ, I Co 5:7; φαγεῖν τὸ π. (lamb or supper), Mt 26:17, Mk 14:12, 14, Lk 22:11, 15, Jo 18:28 (cf. II Ch 30:17 ).†Scroll for more

to leadI lead up, bring up, offer, produce, put to sea, set sail.ἀν-άγω [in LXX chiefly for עָלָה hi.;] to lead or bring up: seq. είς, c. acc. loc., Mt 4:1, Lk 2:22 4:5 (WH om. είς, κ.τ.λ. ), Ac 9:39 16:34; of raising the dead (cl.), ἐκ νεκρῶν, Ro 10:7, He 13:20; to produce and set before, τ. λαῷ, Ac 12:4 (MM, VGT, s.v.); in sacrificial sense (MM, VGT, s.v.), to offer, θυσίαν, Ac 7:41. Mid., in nautical sense (Hom., Hdt., Thuc., al.), to put to sea: Lk 8:22, Ac 13:13 16:11 18:21 20:3, 13 21:1, 2 27:2, 4 27:12, 21 28:10, 11 (cf. ἐπ-ανάγω ).†Scroll for more

a people(a) a people, characteristically of God's chosen people, first the Jews, then the Christians, (b) sometimes, but rarely, the people, the crowd.λαός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX very freq. for עַם, Ge 14:16, al.; occasionally for לְאֹם ( Ge 25:23, al.), etc.;] a word rarely found in Att. prose; the people at large (Hom., al.), esp. of people assembled: Mt 27:25, Lk 1:21 3:15 al.; pl. (Hom., al., π.; v. MM, xvi), Ac 4:27. a people, those of the same race and language (Pind., Æsch., al.: in LXX, Ge 26:11, Ex 9:16, al.): joined with γλῶσσα, φυλή, ἔθνος, Re 5:9 7:9 11:9, al.; pl., Lk 2:31, Ro 15:11; esp. as almost always in LXX, of Israel, Mt 4:23, Mk 7:6, Lk 2:10, Jo 11:50, He 2:17, al.; opp. to τ. ἔθνη, Ac 26:17, 23, Ro 15:10; οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ( πρῶτοι, etc.) τοῦ λ., Mt 21:23, Lk 19:17, Ac 4:8, al.; ὁ λ. μου ( αὐτοῦ, τ. θεοῦ ), Mt 2:6, Lk 1:68, He 11:25, al.; of the people disting. from the rulers and priests ( I Es 1:10, Jth 8:9, al.), Mt 26:5, Lk 20:19, He 5:3, al.; of Christians, as the people of God, Ac 15:14, Ro 9:25, 26, He 4:9; περιούσιος, Tit 2:14; εἰς περιποίησιν, I Pe 2:9 (LXX). SYN.: v.s. δῆμος.Scroll for more

← Back to 1 Samuel 12:23

← Back to Psalms 10:17

← Back to Psalms 18:6

← Back to Psalms 34:17

← Back to Psalms 102:2

← Back to Psalms 127:2

← Back to Isaiah 65:24

← Back to Jeremiah 37:21

← Back to Matthew 18:19

← Back to Acts 5:18

← Back to Acts 12:12

← Back to Romans 1:9

← Back to Romans 12:12

← Back to 2 Corinthians 1:11

← Back to Ephesians 6:18

← Back to Colossians 1:9

← Back to James 5:16

Acts 12:5

5Peter therefore was kept in the prison but prayer was made earnestly of the church unto God for him

Word By Word, In Greek Order1— | 2— | 3therefore | 4Peter | 5was kept | 6in | 7the | 8prison | 9prayer | 10but | 11was | 12earnestly | 13made | 14of | 15the | 16church | 17unto | 18— | 19God | 20for | 21him

Related verses (10)

The ASV does not translate this word.

therefore

Peter

was kept

the

prison

prayer

but

was

earnestly

made

the

church

unto

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

for

him

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

ὁhoh

μὲνmen

οὖνoon

ΠέτροςPEH-trohs

ἐτηρεῖτοeh-tay-RAY-toh

ἐνen

τῇtay

φυλακῇfoo-lah-KAY

προσευχὴproh-syoo-CHAY

δὲdeh

ἦνayn

ἐκτενῶςeh-kteh-NOHS

γινομένηgee-noh-MEH-nay

ὑπὸhoo-POH

τῆςtays

ἐκκλησίαςeh-klay-SEE-ahs

πρὸςprohs

τὸνtohn

θεὸνtheh-OHN

περὶpeh-REE

αὐτοῦow-TOO

The Pieces

ὁGreek article

μὲνGreek particle

οὖνGreek conjunction

Πέτροςname of a person

ἐτηρεῖτοGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τῇGreek article

φυλακῇGreek noun, feminine

προσευχὴGreek noun, feminine

δὲGreek conjunction

ἦνGreek verb

ἐκτενῶςGreek adverb

γινομένηGreek verb

ὑπὸGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

ἐκκλησίαςGreek noun, feminine

πρὸςGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

θεὸν

περὶGreek preposition

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

on the other handAn untranslatable particle, generally answered by "de", each of the two introducing a clause intended to be contrasted with the other.μέν, conjunctive particle (originally a form of μήν ), usually related to a following δέ or other adversative conjunction, and distinguishing the word or clause with which it stands from that which follows. It is generally untranslatable and is not nearly so frequent in NT as in cl. Like δέ, it never stands first in a clause. Answered by δέ or some other particle: μὲν... δέ, indeed... but, Mt 3:11, Lk 3:16, al.; with pronouns, ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, one... another, Mt 21:35, al.; pl., Phl 1:16, 17; ὃ μὲν... ὃ δὲ... ὃ δέ, some... some... some, Mt 13:8; τοῦτο μὲν... τοῦτο δέ, partly... partly, He 10:33; μὲν... ἔπειτα, Jo 11:6; μὲν... καί, Lk 8:5. μέν solitarium, answered by no other particle: πρῶτον μέν (Bl., § 78, 5), Ro 1:8 3:2, I Co 11:18; μὲν οὖν in narrative, summing up what precedes or introducing something further (Bl., § 78, 5), so then, rather, nay rather: Lk 11:28 (WH, μενοῦν ), Ac 1:6 9:31, al.; μὲν οὖν γε ( Phl 3:8, WH): v.s. μενοῦνγε.Scroll for more

therefore/thenTherefore, then.οὖν, particle expressing consequence or simple sequence (never standing first in a sentence), wherefore, therefore, then: Mt 3:10, Lk 3:9, Jo 8:38, Ac 1:21, Ro 5:9, al.; in exhortations, Mt 3:8, Lk 11:35, Ac 3:19, Ro 6:12, al.; in questions, Mt 13:28, Mk 15:12, Jo 8:[5], Ro 6:1, al.; continuing a narrative or resuming it after a digression, Mt 1:17, Lk 3:18, Jo 1:22 2:18 (and very freq. in this Gospel), Ac 26:22, al.; ἄρα οὖν (v.s. ἄρα ); ἐπεὶ οὖν, He 2:14; οὖν c. ptcp. (= ἐπεὶ οὖν ), Ac 2:30, Ro 5:1, al.; ἐὰν οὖν (where οὖν rather in sense belongs to the apodosis), Mt 5:23, Lk 4:7, Jo 6:62, Ro 2:26, al.; ὡς οὖν, Jo 4:1, al.Scroll for more

to keep: observeI keep, guard, observe, watch over.τηρέω, -ῶ [in LXX for שָׁמַר, נָצַר, etc.;] to watch over, guard, keep, preserve: Mt 27:36, Ac 16:23, al.; ἑαυτόν, II Co 11:9, I Ti 5:22, Ja 1:27, Ju 21; seq. εἰς, Jo 12:7, Ac 25:21, I Pe 1:4, II Pe 2:4, 9 3:7, Ju 6; ἐν, Jo 17:11, 12, Ju 21; ἐκ, Jo 17:15, Re 3:10; τ. πίστιν, II Ti 4:7, Re 14:12; τ. ἑνότητα τ. πνεύματος, Eph 4:3. to watch, give heed to, observe: τ. σάββατον, Jo 9:16; τ. ἐντολήν ( -άς ), Mt 19:17, Jo 14:15 15:10, I Ti 6:14, I Jn 2:3, 4 Jn 3:22, 24 Jn 5:3, Re 12:17 14:12; τ. λόγον ( -ους ), Jo 8:51, 52, 55 14:23, 24 15:20 17:6, I Jn 2:5, Re 3:8, 10 22:7, 9; τ. νόμον, Ac 15:5, Ja 2:10; τ. παράδοσιν, Mk 7:9; τ. ἔργα, Re 2:26; τ. γεγραμμένα, Re 1:3 (cf. δια-, παρα-, συν-τηρέω ) SYN.: φυλάσσω, implying custody and protection: τ. expresses the idea of watchful care and "may mark the result of which φ. is the means" (Thayer s.v.).Scroll for more

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

prayer(a) prayer (to God), (b) a place for prayer (used by Jews, perhaps where there was no synagogue).† προσ-ευχή, -ῆς, ἡ (< προσεύχομαι ), [in LXX chiefly for תְּפִלָּה;] prayer to God: Mt 17:21 (WH, R, txt., om.) 21:22, Mk 9:29, Lk 22:45, Ac 3:1 6:4 10:31, Ro 12:12, I Co 7:5, Col 4:2; pl., Ac 2:42 10:4, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, Col 4:12, I Th 1:2, Phm 4, 22, I Pe 3:7 4:7, Re 5:8 8:3, 4; οἶκος προσευχῆς, Mt 21:13, Mk 11:17, Lk 19:46 (LXX); π. καὶ δέησις, Eph 6:18, Phl 4:6; pl., I Ti 2:1 5:5; ἡ π. τοῦ θεοῦ, prayer to God (cf. Wi 16:28 ), Lk 6:12; πρὸς τ. θεόν, seq. ὑπέρ, Ac 12:5; pl., Ro 15:30; Hebraistically (Bl., § 38, 3), προσευχῇ προσεύχεσθαι, Ja 5:17 (EV, prayed fervently ). a place of prayer: of a synagogue ( III Mac 7:20, v.l.; v. Charles, APOT, i, 173; for other exx., v. Kennedy, Sources, 114); of a place in the open (FlJ, Ant., xiv, 10, 23), Ac 16:13, 16.† SYN.: v.s. δέησις.Scroll for more

ferventlyEarnestly, strenuously, fervently.ἐκτενῶς adv., [in LXX: Jh.3.8 ( חׇזְקָה ), Jl 1:14, Jth 4:12, III Mac 5:9 *;] fervently, earnestly: Ac 12:5, I Pe 1:22; compar., Lk 22:44 (WH br., R, mg., omits).†Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

by/under: byBy, under, about.ὑπό (before smooth breathing ὑπ’, Mt 8:9 b, Lk 7:8 b; before rough breathing ὑφ’, Ro 3:9; on the neglect of elision in Mt, Lk, ll. c. a, Ga 3:22, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., iv), prep. c. gen., dat. (not in NT), acc. C. gen., primarily of place, under, hence, metaph., of the efficient cause, by: after passive verbs, c. gen. pers., Mt 1:22, Mk 1:5, Lk 2:18, Jo 14:21, Ac 4:11, I Co 1:11, He 3:4, al.; c. gen. rei, Mt 8:24, Lk 7:24, Ro 3:21, al.; with neut. verbs and verbs with pass. meaning, Mt 17:12, Mk 5:26, I Co 10:9, 10 I Th 2:14, al. C. acc., under; of motion: Mt 5:15 8:8, Mk 4:21, Lk 13:34; hence, metaph., of subjection, Ro 7:14, I Co 15:27, Ga 3:22, I Pe 5:6, al. Of position: Jo 1:49, Ac 4:12, Ro 3:13, I Co 10:1, al.; hence, metaph., under, subject to, Mt 8:9, Ro 3:9, I Co 9:20, Ga 4:5, al. Of time, about: Ac 5:21. In composition: under ( ὑποδέω ), hence, of subjection ( ὑποτάσσω ), compliance ( ὑπακούω ), secrecy ( ὑποβάλλω ), diminution ( ὑποπνέω ).Scroll for more

to/withTo, towards, with.πρός, prep. c. gen., dat., acc. C. gen., of motion from a place, from the side of, hence metaph., in the interests of, Ac 27:34 (cf. Page, in l.). C. dat., of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mk 5:11, Lk 19:37, Jo 18:16 20:11, 12, Re 1:13. C. acc., of motion or direction towards a place or object, to, towards. Of place, after verbs of motion or of speaking and other words with the idea of direction: ἔρχομαι, ἀναβαίνω, πορεύομαι, λέγω, ἐπιστολή, etc., Mt 3:14, Mk 6:51, Lk 11:5, Jo 2:3, Ac 9:2, al. mult.; metaph., of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Lk 23:12, Jo 6:52, II Co 7:4, Eph 6:12, Col 3:13, al.; of the issue or end, Lk 14:32, Jo 11:4, al.; of purpose, Mt 26:12, Ro 3:26, I Co 6:5, al.; πρὸς τό, c. inf., denoting purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft., Notes, 131), Mt 5:28, Mk 13:22, Eph 6:11, I Th 2:9, al.; of close proximity, at, by, with: Mt 3:10, Mk 11:4, Lk 4:11, Ac 3:2, al.; after εἶναι, Mt 13:56, Mk 6:3, Jo 1:1, al. Of time, towards (Plat., Xen., LXX: Ge 8:11, al.): Lk 24:29; for: πρὸς καιρόν, Lk 8:13, I Co 7:5; πρὸς ὥραν, Jo 5:35, al.; πρὸς ὀλίγον, Ja 4:14. Of relation toward, with: Ro 5:1, II Co 1:12, Col 4:5, I Th 4:12, al.; with regard to: Mt 19:8, Mk 12:12, Ro 8:31, al.; pertaining to, to: Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; according to: Lk 12:47, II Co 5:10, Ga 2:14, Eph 3:4 4:14; in comparison with: Ro 8:18. In composition: towards ( προσέρχομαι ), to ( προσάγω ), against ( προσκόπτω ), besides ( προσδαπανάω ).Scroll for more

God(a) God, (b) a god, generally.θεός, -οῦ, ὁ, ἡ ( Ac 19:37 only; v. M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc., θεέ ( Mt 27:46; cf. De 3:24, al.), [in LXX chiefly for אֱלֹהִים, also for אֵל and other cognate forms, יהוה, etc.;] a god or deity, God. In polytheistic sense, a god or deity: Ac 28:6, I Co 8:4, II Th 2:4, al.; pl., Ac. 14:11 19:26, Ga 4:8, al. Of the one true God; anarthrous: Mt 6:24, Lk 20:38, al.; esp. c. prep. (Kühner 3, iii, 605), ἀπὸ θ., Jo 3:2; ἐκ, Ac 5:39, II Co 5:1, Phl 3:9; ὑπό, Ro 13:1; παρὰ θεοῦ, Jo 1:6; παρὰ θεῷ, II Th 1:6, I Pe 2:4; κατὰ θεόν, Ro 8:27, II Co 7:9, 10; also when in gen. dependent on an anarth. noun (Bl., §46, 6), Mt 27:43, Lk 3:2, Ro 1:17, I Th 2:13; as pred., Lk 20:38, Jo 1:1, and when the nature and character rather than the person of God is meant, Ac 5:29, Ga 2:6, al. (M, Th., 14); more freq., c. art.: Mt 1:23, Mk 2:7, al. mult.; c. prep., ἀπὸ τ. θ., Lk 1:26; ἐκ, Jo 8:42, al.; παρὰ τοῦ θ., Jo 8:40; π. τῷ θ., Ro 9:14; ἐν, Col 3:3; ἐπὶ τῷ θ., Lk 1:47; ἐπὶ τὸν θ., Ac 15:19; εἰς τ. θ., Ac 24:15; πρὸς τ. θ., Jo 1:2; c. gen. pers., Mt 22:32, Mk 12:26, 27, Lk 20:37, Jo 20:17, al.; ὁ θ. μου, Ro 1:8, Phi 1:3, al.; ὁ θ. καὶ πατήρ κ. τ. λ., Ro 15:6, Eph 1:3, Phi 4:20, al.; c. gen. rei, Ro 15:5, 13, 33, II Co 1:3, I Th 5:23; τὰ τ. θεοῦ, Mt 16:23, Mk 12:17, I Co 2:11; τὰ πρὸς τὸν θ., Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; τ. θεῷ, as a superl. (LXX, Jos 3:3 ), Ac 7:20, II Co 10:4; Hebraistically, of judges ( Ps 81(82):6 ), Jo 10:34 (LXX), 35.Scroll for more

about(a) gen: about, concerning, (b) acc: around.περί, prep. c. gen., acc. (in cl. also c. dat.; cf. M, Pr., 105f.), with radical sense round about (as distinct from ἀμφί, on both sides ). C. gen., of place, about (poët.). Causal, about, on account of, concerning, in reference to: Mt 2:8, Mk 1:44, Lk 4:38, Jo 16:26, Ac 28:21, al. mult.; τὰ περί, c. gen., the things concerning one, one's state or case: Mk 5:27, Ac 1:3 28:15, Eph 6:22, al.; at the beginning of a sentence, περί, regarding, as to, I Co 7:1, al.; in the sense on account of ( Mt 26:28, I Co 1:13, al.), often with ὑπέρ as variant (cf. M, Pr., 105). C. acc., of place, about, around: Mt 3:4, Mk 1:6, Lk 13:8, Ac 22:6, al.; οἱ περί, c. acc. pers., of one's associates, friends, etc., Mk 4:10, Lk 22:49, Jo 11:19, Ac 13:13; οἱ περὶ τ. τοιαῦτα ἐργάται, Ac 19:25; metaph., about, as to, concerning: I Ti 1:19 6:4, II Ti 2:18 3:8, Tit 2:7; τὰ περὶ ἐμέ, Phl 2:23; αἱ περὶ τ. λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι, Mk 4:19. Of time, in a loose reckoning, about, near: Mt 20:3, 5, 6, 9 27:46, Mk 6:48, Ac 10:3, 9 22:6. In composition: round about ( περιβάλλω, περίκειμαι ), beyond, over and above ( περιποιέω, περιλείπω ), to excess ( περιεργάζομαι, περισσεύω ).Scroll for more

← Back to Leviticus 26:6

← Back to Psalms 3:5

← Back to Psalms 68:6

← Back to Psalms 102:20

← Back to Proverbs 3:24

← Back to Jeremiah 40:1

← Back to Matthew 27:2

← Back to Acts 12:7

← Back to Acts 21:33

← Back to Acts 26:29

Acts 12:6

6And when Herod was about to bring him forth the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers bound with two chains and guards before the door kept the prison

Related verses (15)

when

And

was about

to bring … forth

him

The ASV does not translate this word.

Herod

The ASV does not translate this word.

night

the same

was

The ASV does not translate this word.

Peter

sleeping

between

two

soldiers

bound

with … chains

two

guards

and

before

the

door

kept

the

prison

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

ὍτεHOH-teh

δὲdeh

ἤμελλενAY-meh-len

προαγαγεῖνproh-ah-gah-GAYN

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

ὁhoh

Ἡρῴδηςhay-ROH-days

τῇtay

νυκτὶnoo-KTEE

ἐκείνῃeh-KAY-nay

ἦνayn

ὁhoh

ΠέτροςPEH-trohs

κοιμώμενοςkoy-MOH-meh-nohs

μεταξὺmeh-tah-KSOO

δύοDOO-oh

στρατιωτῶνstrah-tee-oh-TOHN

δεδεμένοςdeh-deh-MEH-nohs

ἁλύσεσινhah-LOO-seh-seen

δυσίνdoo-SEEN

φύλακέςFOO-lah-kes

τεteh

πρὸproh

τῆςtays

θύραςTHOO-rahs

ἐτήρουνeh-TAY-roon

τὴνtayn

φυλακήνfoo-lah-KAYN

The Pieces

ὍτεGreek conjunction

δὲGreek conjunction

ἤμελλενGreek verb

προαγαγεῖνGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

ὁGreek article

Ἡρῴδηςname of a person

τῇGreek article

νυκτὶGreek noun, feminine

ἐκείνῃGreek demonstrative pronoun

ἦνGreek verb

ὁGreek article

Πέτροςname of a person

κοιμώμενοςGreek verb

μεταξὺGreek preposition

δύοGreek adjective

στρατιωτῶνGreek noun, masculine

δεδεμένοςGreek verb

ἁλύσεσινGreek noun, feminine

δυσίνGreek adjective

φύλακέςGreek noun, masculine

τεGreek conjunction

πρὸGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

θύραςGreek noun, feminine

ἐτήρουνGreek verb

τὴνGreek article

φυλακήνGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

whenWhen, at which time.ὅτε, temporal particle (correlat. of πότε, τότε ), when; c. indic., (so generally in cl., but also c. optat., subjc.; LS, s.v.), most freq. c. aor., Mt 9:25, Mk 1:32, Lk 4:25, Jo 1:19, Ac 1:13, Ro 13:11, Ga 1:15, Re 1:17, al.; c. impf., Mk 14:12, Jo 21:18, Ro 6:20, I Th 3:4, al.; c. pf., since, now that, I Co 13:11 (B, ἐγένόμην ); c. praes., Mk 11:1, Jo 9:4, He 9:17; c. fut. (Hom.; of a def. fut. as opp. to the indef. fut. of ὅταν c. subjc.), Lk 17:22, Jo 4:21, 23 5:25 16:25, Ro 2:16 (T, txt., WH, mg.), II Ti 4:3 (in all which instances, and c. pres., Jo 9:4, ὅ. follows a subst. of time, and is equiv. to a rel. phrase, ἐν ᾧ or ᾗ ).Scroll for more

to ensueI intend, am about to; I delay, linger.μέλλω, [in LXX: Jb 3:8 ( עָתִיד ) 19:25 ( אַחֲרוֹן ); elsewhere for fut., and freq. in Wi, II, IV Mac;] to be about to be or do; c. inf. (Bl., § 62, 4; 68, 2; M, Pr., 114); of intending or being about to do of one's own free will: c. inf. praes., Mt 2:13, Lk 10:1, Ac 3:3 5:35, He 8:5, II Pe 1:12 (Field, Notes, 240), al.; c. inf. aor. (Bl., § 58, 3), Ac 12:6, Re 3:16; of compulsion, necessity or certainty: c. inf. praes., Mt 16:27, Lk 9:31, Jo 6:71, Ro 4:24, al.; c. inf. aor., Ro 8:18, Ga 3:23, Re 3:2 12:4. Ptcp., ὁ μέλλων: absol., Ro 8:38, I Co 3:22; τὰ μ., Col 2:17; εἰς τὸ μ. (Field, Notes, 65); c. subst., Mt 3:7 12:32 ( ὁ αἰὼν ὁ μ.; LXX for עַד ), Ac 24:25, I Ti 4:8, He 2:5, al.Scroll for more

to go/bring before(a) trans: I lead forth; in the judicial sense, into court, (b) intrans. and trans: I precede, go before, (c) intrans: I go too far.προ-άγω, [in LXX: I Ki 17:16 ( נגשׁ ), Wi 19:11, al.;] prop. trans., to lead on, lead forth or forward: c. acc. pers., Ac 16:30 17:5; of bringing forth to trial, Ac 12:6 (WH, txt., προσάγ- ); seq. ἐπί, c. gen. pers., Ac 25:26. Intrans. (Plat., Polyb., and later writers; v. Bl., § 53, 1; MM, xxi); to lead the way, I Ti 1:18 (R, mg.), hence, to go before, precede: Lk 18:39; opp. to ἀκολουθέω, Mk 11:9; seq. εἰς, Mt 14:22, Mk 6:45, I Ti 5:24, He 7:18; c. acc. pers., Mt 2:9 21:9, Mk 10:32; seq. εἰς, Mt 21:31 26:32 28:7, Mk 14:28 16:7; to go on, advance ( Si 20:27 ): II Jn 9.†Scroll for more

nightThe night, night-time.νύξ, gen. νυκτός, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for לַיְלָה;] night: Mt 12:40, Mk 6:48, Jo 13:30, al.; gen. temp. (of the time within which something happens; M, Pr., 73; B1., § 36, 13), νυκτός, by night, Mt 2:14, Jo 3:2, I Th 5:7, al.; ν. κ. ἡμέρας, Mk 5:5, I Th 2:9, al.; ἡμέρας κ. ν., Lk 18:7, Re 4:8, al.; μέσης ν., Mt 25:6; dat., νυκτί, in ans. to the question, "when?" (rare in cl.; Hdt., Soph.), ταύτῃ τ. ν., Lk 12:20, al.; ἐκείνῃ, Ac 12:6; ἐπιούσῃ, Ac 23:11; acc. durat. (Bl., § 34, 8; Kühner 3, III, 314 b), ν. κ. ἠμέραν, Lk 2:37, Ac 20:31; τ. νύκτας, Lk 21:37; διὰ νυκτός (= cl. νυκτός; Bl., § 42, 1; 46, 7), Ac 5:19 16:9 17:10 23:31; δι’ ὅλης ν., Lk 5:5; κατὰ μέσον τῆς ν. (Bl., § 47, 6), Ac 27:27. Metaph.: Jo 9:4, Ro 13:12, I Th 5:5.Scroll for more

to sleepI fall asleep, am asleep, sometimes of the sleep of death.κοιμάω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for שׁכב;] to lull to sleep, put to sleep. Mid and pass., to fall asleep (M, Pr., 162; M, Th., 1, 4, 13): Mt 28:13, Lk 22:45, Jo 11:12, Ac 12:6. Metaph, of death: Mt 27:52, Jo 11:11 Ac 7:60 13:36, I Co 7:39 11:30 15:6, 18, 20, 51, I Th 4:13-15, II Pe 3:4 (cf. Is 14:8 43:17, II Mac 12:45 ).† SYN.: καθεύδω.Scroll for more

between/meanwhileMeanwhile, afterwards, between.μεταξύ (< μετά + ξύν = σύν ), [in LXX: Ge 31:50, Jg 5:27, III Ki 15:6; 15:32, Wi 4:10 16:19 18:23 *;] adv. of place and time (in NT time only); between: ἐν τῷ μ. (s.c. χρόνῳ ), Jo 4:31; in late writers (FlJ, Plut., al.), like μετά (adv.), after, afterwards: τὸ μ. σάββατον, Ac 13:42 (cf. Cl., Ro., I Co., 44, 2). Prep. c. gen., between: of place, Mt 23:35, Lk 11:51 16:26, Ac 12:6; of persons, as to mutual relation, Mt 18:15, Ac 15:9, Ro 2:15.†Scroll for more

twoTwo.δύο, numeral, indecl. exc. in dat., δυσί, δυσίν (Attic δυοῖν ), two: Mt 19:6, Mk 10:8, Jo 2:6, al.; with pl. noun, Mt 9:27 10:10, al.; οἱ, τῶν, τοὺς δ., Mt 19:5 20:24, Mk 10:8, Eph 2:15, al.; δ. ἐξ, Lk 24:13; distrib., ἀνὰ, κατὰ δ., two and two, two apiece: Lk 10:1 (WH, ἀνὰ δ. [δύο] ), Jo 2:6, I Co 14:27; δύο δύο (= ἀνὰ δ., as LXX, Ge 6:19 for שְׁנַיִם שְׁנַיִם, but not merely "Hebraism," cf. μυρία μυρία, Æsch., Pers., 981, and for usage in π. and MGr., v. M, Pr., 21, 97), Mk 6:7; εἰς δ. ( two and two, Xen., Cyr., 7, 5, 17), into two parts, Mt 27:51, Mk 15:38.Scroll for more

to bindI bind, tie, fasten; I impel, compel; I declare to be prohibited and unlawful.δέω (I), [in LXX chiefly for אסר;] to tie, bind, fasten; c. acc. rei, seq. εἰς δεσμάς, Mt 13:30; of an ass, Mt 21:2, Mk 11:2, 4 Lk 19:30. c. acc. pers., of swathing a dead body, ὀθονίοις, Jo 19:40; δεδομένος τ. πόδας... κειρίαις (Bl., §34, 6; Kühner 3, iii, 125), Jo 11:44; of binding with chains, ἀγγέλους, Re 9:14; a demoniac, πέδαις κ. ἁλύσεσι, Mk 5:3, 4; captives, Mt 12:29 14:3 22:13 27:2, Mk 3:27 6:17 15:1, 7, Jo 18:12, 24, Ac 9:2, 14, 21, 21:11, 13 22:5, 29 24:27, Col 4:3, Re 20:2; ἁλύσεσι, Ac 12:6 21:33. Metaph., ὁ λόγος τ. Θεοῦ, II Ti 2:9; of Satan binding by disease (MM, s.v.), Lk 13:16; of constraint or obligation, Ac 20:22; of the marriage bond, I Co 7:39; id. c. dat. pers., ἀνδρί, Ro 7:2; γυναικί, I Co 7:27; in Rabbinic lang. (Dalman, Words, 213f.), to forbid, declare forbidden, Mt 16:19 18:18 (cf. κατα-, περι-, συν-, ὐπο-δέω; Cremer, 82).†Scroll for more

chainA (light) chain, bond.** ἅλυσις, -εως, ἡ, [in LXX: Wi 17:17 *;] a chain, bond: Mk 5:3, 4, Lk 8:29, Ac 12:6, 7 21:33 28:20, Eph 6:20, II Ti 1:16, Re 20:1.†Scroll for more

guardA guard, keeper, sentinel.φύλαξ, -ακος, ὁ (< φυλάσσω ), [in LXX for שָׁמַר, צוּר;] a guard, keeper: Ac 5:23 12:6, 19.†Scroll for more

and/bothAnd, both.τέ, enclitic copulative particle (= Lat. -que as καί = et, ac, atque ), not very freq. in NT, more than two-thirds of the occurrences being in Ac. τέ solitarium, and, denoting a closer affinity than καί between words and sentences which it connects (Bl., §77, 8): Mt 28:12, Jo 4:42, Ac 2:33, 37, 40 10:22 11:21, al. Denoting a closer connection than simple καί, τὲ... καί, τὲ καί, τὲ... τέ ( Ac 26:16 Ro 14:8 ), as well... as also, both... and: Lk 12:45, Ac 1:1 15:9 21:30, al.; τὲ... δέ, and... and, Ac 19:2; τὲ γάρ... ὁμοίως δὲ καί, Ro 1:26, 27.Scroll for more

before(a) of place: before, in front of, (b) of time: before, earlier than.πρό, prep. c. gen., [in LXX chiefly for לִפְנֵי;] before; of place: Ac 12:6, 14 14:13, Ja 5:9; π. προσώπου (= Heb. לִפְנֵי, De 3:18, Ma 3:1, al.; Bl., § 40, 9), Mt 11:10, Mk 1:2, Lk 1:76 7:27 9:52 10:1, Ac 14:13; of time: Mt 8:29 24:38, Lk 11:38 21:12, Jo 11:55 13:1 17:24, Ac 5:36 21:38, I Co 2:7 4:5, Eph 1:4, Col 1:17, II Ti 1:9 4:21, Tit 1:2, He 11:5, I Pe 1:20, Ju 25; π. ἐτῶν δεκατεσσάρων, fourteen years ago, II Co 12:2; π. προσώπου (v. supr.), Ac 13:24; c. gen. pers., Mt 5:12, Jo 5:7 10:8, Ro 16:7, Ga 1:17; c. gen. art. inf. (= πρίν; M, Pr., 100; Bl., § 69, 7), Mt 6:8, Lk 2:21 22:15, Jo 1:49 13:19 17:5, Ac 23:15, Ga 2:12 3:23; as in late writers (resembling a Latin idiom but independent of it; B1., § 40, 5; M, Pr., 100 f.; cf. Am 1:1, II Mac 15:36, and for other exx., Soph., Lex., s.v.), πρὸ ἓξ ἡμέρας τοῦ πασχα, on the sixth day bef. the Passover, Jo 12:1; of preference: π. πάντων, Ja 5:12, I Pe 4:8; in compos., c. subst., of position before: προαύλιον, πρόδρομος; priority of rank or order, προπάτωρ; anticipation, πρόγνωσις, πρόνοια; c. adj., intensity, πρόδηλος; c. verb., of place, προάγω, προβαίνω; of preference, προαιρέομαι.†Scroll for more

door(a) a door, (b) met: an opportunity.θύρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for פֶּתַח, also for דַּל, דֶּלֶת, etc.;] a door: κλείειν ( ἀποκ- ) τὴν θ., Mt 6:6, Lk 13:25; pass., Mt 25:10, Lk 11:7, Jo 20:19, 26, Ac 21:30; ἀνοίγειν, Ac 5:19; pass., Ac 16:26, 27; κρούειν, Ac 12:13; διὰ τῆς θ., Jo 10:1, 2; πρὸς τὴν θ., Mk 1:33 11:4 (WH om. τήν ), Ac 3:2; τὰ πρὸς τὴν θ., the space by the door, Mk 2:2; πρὸς τῇ θ., Jo 18:16; ἐπὶ τῇ θ, Ac 5:9; πρὸ τῆς θ., Ac 12:6; ἐπὶ τῶν θ., Ac 5:23; ἡ θ. τ. μνημείου, Mt 27:60, Mk 15:46 16:3. Metaph., of Christ, ἡ θ. τ. προβάτων, Jo 10:7, 9; of the Kingdom of Heaven, Lk 13:24; of opportunities, θ. πίστεως, Ac 14:27; θ. μεγάλη, I Co 16:9; θ. τ. λόγου, Col 4:3; θ. ἀνεῳγμένη ( ἠνεῳγ- ), II Co 2:12, Re 3:8 4:1; of Christ, ἑστηκὼς ἐπὶ τὴν θ. καὶ κρούων, Re 3:20; of his second coming, ἐπὶ θύραις εἶναι, Mt 24:33, Mk 13:29; πρὸ θυρῶν ἑστηκέναι, Ja 5:9.†Scroll for more

← Back to 1 Kings 19:5

← Back to 2 Kings 1:3

← Back to Psalms 107:14

← Back to Ecclesiastes 5:8

← Back to Isaiah 51:14

← Back to Daniel 3:28

← Back to Daniel 9:21

← Back to Matthew 18:10

← Back to Hebrews 1:14

Acts 12:7

7And behold an angel of the Lord stood by him and a light shined in the cell and he smote Peter on the side and awoke him saying Rise up quickly And his chains fell off from his hands

Related verses (28)

And

behold

an angel

of the Lord

stood by him

and

a light

shined

the

cell

he smote … on

and

the

side

The ASV does not translate this word.

Peter

and awoke

him

saying

Rise up

quickly

And

fell off

his

The ASV does not translate this word.

chains

from

his

hands

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

καὶkai

ἰδοὺee-DOO

ἄγγελοςAHN-geh-lohs

κυρίουkoo-REE-oo

ἐπέστηeh-PEH-stay

καὶkai

φῶςfohs

ἔλαμψενEH-lahm-psen

ἐνen

τῷtoh

οἰκήματιoy-KAY-mah-tee

πατάξαςpah-TAH-ksahs

δὲdeh

τὴνtayn

πλευρὰνplyoo-RAHN

τοῦtoo

ΠέτρουPEH-troo

ἤγειρενAY-gay-ren

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

λέγωνLEH-gohn

Ἀνάσταah-NAH-stah

ἐνen

τάχειTAH-chay

καὶkai

ἐξέπεσανeh-KSEH-peh-sahn

αὐτοῦow-TOO

αἱhai

ἁλύσειςhah-LOO-says

ἐκek

τῶνtohn

χειρῶνchay-ROHN

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ἰδοὺGreek interjection

ἄγγελοςGreek noun, masculine

κυρίουGreek noun, masculine

ἐπέστηGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

φῶςGreek noun, neuter

ἔλαμψενGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τῷGreek article

οἰκήματιGreek noun, neuter

πατάξαςGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

τὴνGreek article

πλευρὰνGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

Πέτρουname of a person

ἤγειρενGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

λέγωνGreek verb

ἈνάσταGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τάχειGreek noun, neuter

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐξέπεσανGreek verb

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

αἱGreek article

ἁλύσειςGreek noun, feminine

ἐκGreek preposition

τῶνGreek article

χειρῶνGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

look!See! Lo! Behold! Look!.ἰδού, [in LXX chiefly for הִנֵּה,] prop. imperat. 2 aor. mid. of ὁράω, used as a demonstrative particle, with frequency much greater in LXX and NT than in cl. (v. M, Pr., 11), lo, behold, see: Mt 10:16 11:8 13:3, Mk 3:32, Lk 2:48, I Co 15:51, Ja 5:9, Ju 14, Re 1:7, al.; after gen. absol., Mt 1:20 2:1, 13 12:46, al.; καὶ ἰδού, Mt 2:9 (and freq.), Lk 1:20 10:25, Ac 12:7, al.; in elliptical sentences, taking the place of copula or predicate (like הִנֵּה in Heb.), Mt 3:17, Lk 5:12 22:31, 47, Ac 8:27, 36 al.Scroll for more

angelA messenger, generally a (supernatural) messenger from God, an angel, conveying news or behests from God to men.ἄγγελος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for מַלְאָךְ;] a messenger, one sent: Mt 11:10, Ja 22:25. As in LXX, in the special sense of angel, a spiritual, heavenly being, attendant upon God and employed as his messenger to men, to make known his purposes, as Lk 1:11, or to execute them, as Mt 4:6. The ἄ. in Re 1:20 2:1, al., is variously understood as a messenger or delegate, a bishop or ruler, a guardian angel, the prevailing spirit of each church, i.e. the Church itself. (Cf. Swete, Ap )., in l.; DB, iv, 991; Thayer, s.v.; Cremer, 18; MM, VGT, s.v.)Scroll for more

lord: GodLord, master, sir; the Lord.κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον ), [in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for אָדוֹן, בַּעַל, etc.;] having power ( κῦρος ) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master; in general: c. gen. rei, Mt 9:38 20:8, Mk 12:9 13:35, Lk 19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mt 12:8, Mk 2:28, Lk 6:5; c. gen. pers., δούλου, etc., Mt 10:24, Lk 14:21, Ac 16:16, al.; absol., opp. to οἱ δοῦλοι, Eph 6:5, 9, al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 25:26; θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κ. πολλοί, I Co 8:5; of a husband, I Pe 3:6; in voc., as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 13:27 16:22 27:63, Mk 7:28, Lk 5:12, Jo 4:11, Ac 9:5, al. As a divine title (freq. in π.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.); in NT, of God: ὁ κ., Mt 5:33, Mk 5:19, Lk 1:6, Ac 7:33, He 8:2, Ja 4:15, al.; anarth. (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 21:9, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:17, He 7:21, I Pe 1:25, al.; κ. τ. οὐρανοῦ καὶ τ. γῆς, Mt 11:25; τ. κυριευόντων, I Ti 6:15; κ. ὁ θεός, Mt 4:7, 10 al.; id. seq. ὁ παντοκράτωρ, Re 4:8; κ. σαβαώθ, Ro 9:29; ( ὁ ) ἄγγελος κυρίου, Mt 1:20 2:13, Lk 1:11, al.; πνεῦμα κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 8:39; of the Christ: Mt 21:3, Mk 11:3, Lk 1:43 20:44, al.; of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac 10:36, Ro 14:8, I Co 7:22, Eph 4:5, al.; ὁ κ. μου, Jo 20:28; ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς, Ac 1:21, I Co 11:23, al.; id. seq. Χριστός, Eph 1:2, al.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν, I Ti 1:14, He 7:14, al.; id. seq. Ἰησοῦς, I Th 3:11, He 13:20, al.; Χριστός, Ro 16:18; Ἰ Χ., I Co 1:2, I Th 1:3, al.; Ἰ. Χ. ( Χ. Ἰ ) ὁ κ. ( ἡμῶν ), Ro 1:4, Col 2:6, Eph 3:11, al.; ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ, II Pe 3:2; id. seq. Ἰ. Χ., II Pe 3:18; anarth., I Co 7:22, 25, Ja 5:4, al.; κ. κυρίων, Re 19:16; c. prep., ἀπὸ ( κατὰ, πρὸς, σὺν, etc.) κ., Col 3:24, al. SYN: v.s. δεσπότης.Scroll for more

to approachI stand by, am urgent, befall one (as of evil), am at hand, impend.ἐφ-ίστημι [in LXX for נָצַב ni., שִׁית, נָתַן, etc.;] causal in pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to set upon or by, set up, etc. (Æsch., Hdt., Arist., al). Intrans. in mid, and in pf. and 2 aor. act.; to stand upon; to be set over; to stand by, be present, be at hand, come on or upon: Lk 2:38 10:40 20:1, Ac 6:12 12:7 22:13, 20 23:27, II Ti 4:2; c. dat. pers., Lk 2:9 24:4, Ac 4:1 23:11; c. dat. loc., Ac 17:5; seq. έπί, c. acc, Ac 10:17 11:11; of rain, Ac 28:2; of evils impending, c. dat. pers., I Th 5:3; seq. έπί ( Wi 6:9 ), Lk 21:34; of time, II Ti 4:6 (cf. κατ-, συν-εφίστημι ).†Scroll for more

lightLight, a source of light, radiance.φῶς (Att.. contr. from φάος; < φάω ), gen., φωτός, τό, [in LXX chiefly for אוֹר;] light (opp. to τὸ σκότος, ἡ σκοτία ): Mt 17:2, 5, Jo 11:9, 10, II Co 4:6; ἡλίου, Re 22:5; of a lamp, Lk 8:16 11:33, Jo 5:35, Re 18:23; of a supernatural heavenly light, Ac 9:3 12:7 22:6, 9, 11 26:13; hence, ἄγγελος φωτός, II Co 11:14; ὁ κλήρος τ. ἁγίων ἐν τ. φ., Col 1:12; of the divine glory, Re 21:24; by meton., of that which gives light: of fire, Mk 14:54, Lk 22:56 (cl.; I Mac 12:29; cf. DCG, i, 595); pl., of a lamp or torch, Ac 16:29; of heavenly bodies, Ja 1:17. Metaph., of God: I Jn 1:5, 7; φῶς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον, I Ti 6:16; of spiritual truth and its effects on the lives of men: Mt 4:16 5:16, Jo 1:4, 5 3:19-21, Ac 26:18, 23, II Co 6:14, Eph 5:13, I Pe 2:9, I Jn 2:8; τ. φ. τ. ζωῆς, Jo 8:12; τ. ὅπλα τοῦ φ., Ro 13:12; καρπὸς τοῦ φ., Eph 5:9; έν τ. φ. περιπατεῖν ( εἶναι, μένειν ), I Jn 1:7 2:9, 10; υἱοὶ ( τέκνα ) τοῦ φ., Lk 16:8, Jo 12:36, Eph 5:8, I Th 5:5; by meton., of one from whom truth shines forth: Ac 13:47 (LXX), Ro 2:19; esp. of Christ, Lk 2:32, Jo 1:7, 8 12:35, 36, 46; τ. φ. τ. κόσμου, Jo 8:12 9:5; τ. φ. τ. ἀληθινόν, Jo 1:9; of Christians, Mt 5:14, Eph 5:8; of the spiritual understanding: τ. φ. τὸ ἐν σοί, Mt 6:23, Lk 11:35; adverbially, of that which is open to view (opp. to ἐν τ. σκοτίᾳ ): ἐν τ. φ., Mt 10:27, Lk 12:3.† SYN.: v.s. φέγγοςScroll for more

to shineI shine, give light.λάμπω, [in LXX for נגהּ, etc.;] to shine: Mt 5:15, 16 17:2, Lk 17:24, Ac 12:7, II Co 4:6 (cf. ἐκ-, περι-λάμπω ).†Scroll for more

cellA prison cell.οἴκημα, -τος, τό (< οἰκέω ), [in LXX: Ez 16:24 ( גַּב ), To 2:4, Wi 13:15 *;] a dwelling. As a euphemism for other definite terms (e.g. brothel. Hdt., ii, 121; cf. Ez 16:24 ), a prison (Thuc., iv, 47 f.): Ac 12:7.†Scroll for more

to strikeI smite, strike (as with a sword), smite to death, afflict.πατάσσω, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for נכה hi., also for נגף, etc.;] in Hom., intrans., to beat (of the heart). Trans. = πλήσσω, to strike, smite: absol., ἐν μαχαίρᾳ, Lk 22:49; c. acc. pers., Mt 26:51, Lk 22:50; c. acc. rei, Ac 12:7; of a deadly blow, Mt 26:31, Mk 14:27, Ac 7:24. Metaph., of disease: Ac 12:23, Re 11:6 19:15.†Scroll for more

sideThe side of the body.πλευρά, -ᾶς, ἡ, [in LXX (freq. pl. as in Hom.) chiefly for צֵלָע;] the side: Mt 27:49 ([[WH]] R, mg.), Jo 19:34 20:20, 25, 27, Ac 12:7.†Scroll for more

to arise(a) I wake, arouse, (b) I raise up.ἐγείρω, [in LXX for קוּם, etc.;] trans. (imperat. ἔγειρε used intransitively, Mt 9:5, Mk 2:11, al.); to awaken, arouse from sleep: Mk 4:38, Ac 12:7; metaph., of spiritual awakening, Ro 13:11 (pass.), Eph 5:14; pass., to be aroused, wake up: Mt 25:7, Mk 4:27; ἀπὸ τ. ὕπνου, Mt 1:24. Freq. in NT, to raise from the dead: νεκρούς, Jo 5:21, Ac 26:8, II Co 1:9; ἐκ νεκρῶν, Jo 12:1, Ac 3:15, Ro 8:11, al.; pass., rise from death: Mt 11:5, Lk 7:22, Jo 2:22, Ro 6:9, al.; ἀπὸ τ. νεκρῶν, Mt 14:2, al. In late Gk., to raise, from sitting, lying, sickness; mid. and pass., to rise: Mt 9:5, 7, Mk 1:31 9:27 10:49, al.; redundant, like Heb. קוּם, Mt 2:15 9:19, Re 11:1 (v. Dalman, 23f.); to raise up, cause to appear: Ac 13:22 (cf. Jg 2:18 ); τέκνα, Mt 3:9; pass., to appear: Mt 11:11, Mk 13:22, al. to rouse, stir up; pass., to rise against: Mt 24:7, Mk 13:8. Of buildings, to raise: τ. ναόν, Jo 2:19, 20 (cf. De 16:22, Si 49:13 ); (cf. δι-, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, συν-εγείρω, and V. Cremer, 224).Scroll for more

to say(denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.λέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

to ariseI raise up, set up; I rise from among (the) dead; I arise, appear.ἀν-ίστημι ( ἀνά, ἵστημι ), [in LXX chiefly for קוּם;] causal, in fut. and 1 aor. act., c. acc., to raise up: Ac 9:41; from death, Jo 6:39, Ac 2:32; to raise up, cause to be born or appear: Mt 22:24, Ac 3:22, 26. Intrans., in mid. and 2 aor act.; to rise: from lying, Mk 1:35; from sitting, Lk 4:16; to leave a place, Mt 9:9; pleonastically, as Heb. קוּם, before verbs of going, Mk 10:1, al. (v. Dalman, Words, 23; M, Pr., 14); of the dead, Mt 17:23, Mk 8:31; seq. ἐκ νεκρῶν, Mt 17:9, Mk 9:9; to arise, appear: Ac 5:36, Ro 15:12 (cf. ἐπ-, ἐξ- ἀνίστημι, and v. Cremer, 306, 738; MM, VGT, s.v.). SYN.: ἐγείρω.Scroll for more

speedQuickness, speed; hastily, immediately.τάχος, -ους, τό [in LXX chiefly for parts and derivatives of מָהַר;] swiftness, speed. Adverbially, ἐν τ. (= ταχέως ), quickly, speedily, soon: Lk 18:8, Ac 12:7 22:18 25:4, Ro 16:20, I Ti 3:14, Re 1:1 22:6.†Scroll for more

to fall outI fall out, fall off, fall away; hence in nautical language: I fall off from the straight course; of flowers: I fade away, wither away; I fall from, lose, forfeit; I am cast ashore; I am fruitless.ἐκ-πίπτω [in LXX: Is 40:8 28:1, 4 ( הֶבֶל ), Jb 14:2 ( מָלַל, v. RV. mg), Jb 15:30 ( סוּר ), Jb 15:33 ( שָׁלַךְ hi.), etc.;] to fall out of, fall from, fall off: seq. ἐκ τ. χειρῶν, Ac 12:7; absol., Ac 27:32; of the withering of flowers (as LXX, ll c.), Ja 1:11, I Pe 1:24 (LXX); of navigators falling off from a straight course, Ac 27:17, 26, 29. Metaph., c. gen. rei: Ga 5:4, II Pe 3:17; absol., fall from its place, fail, perish: Ro 9:6.†Scroll for more

chainA (light) chain, bond.** ἅλυσις, -εως, ἡ, [in LXX: Wi 17:17 *;] a chain, bond: Mk 5:3, 4, Lk 8:29, Ac 12:6, 7 21:33 28:20, Eph 6:20, II Ti 1:16, Re 20:1.†Scroll for more

out fromFrom out, out from among, from, suggesting from the interior outwards.ἐκ ( ἐξ ), prep. c. gen., from out of, from ( see Addendum, p. 492). This entry is included here, but in the print version the entry is found on p. 492. ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, prep. c. gen., of motion outwards, separation from (opp. to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex ), from out of, from among, from. Of Place, of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jo 6:31, Ac 9:3, Ga 1:8, al.; esp. after verbs of motion, Mt 8:28 17:9, Mk 1:25 7:28, Jo 1:33 20:1, Ac 12:7, 17 27:30, al.; constr. praeg., σώζειν (διας.) ἐκ, Ju 5, Ac 28:4. Metaph., Mt 7:4, 5, I Pe 2:9; ἐκ τ. χειρός (-ῶν), seq. gen. pers., Lk 1:74, Jo 10:28, 29, 39, Ac 12:4 24:7, Re 19:2; πίνειν (q.v.) ἐκ; of the place from which an action proceeds, Lk 5:3 (cf. 12:36, Jo 13:4, II Co 2:4 ). Of change from one place or condition to another: Jo 8:42, Ro 6:13 13:11, Re 7:14, al.; c. ellips. of verb of motion, II Ti 2:26, II Pe 2:21, Re 2:21, al. Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pl. nouns: Mt 13:47, 49, Jo 12:1, Ac 3:15, I Pe 1:3, al.; after εἷς, Mt 10:29, Lk 17:15, al.; οὐδείς, Jo 7:19, al.; πολλοί, Jo 11:19, al.; τις, Lk 11:15, al.; τίς, Mt 6:27, al.; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jo 16:17; Hebraistically, ἐκ μέσου seq. gen., = ἐκ (Heb. מִתֹּוךְ ), Mt 13:49, al. Of position or direction (so in cl. = ἔξω ): ἐκ δεξιῶν (v.s. δεξιός ); ἐξ ἐναντίας, Mk 15:39 (metaph., Tit 2:8 ); ἐκ ῥιζῶν (i.e., utterly ), Mt 11:20. Of Time, of the point of time from which, from, since: ἐκ γενετῆς, Jo 9:1, cf. Mk 10:20, Lk 23:8, Ac 24:10, al. Of succession in time: ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time, Mk 14:72, al., cf. Mt 26:44; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, II Pe 2:8. Of Origin, of nativity, lineage, race: κοίτην (ἐν γαστρί) ἔχειν, Ro 9:10, Mt 1:18; γεννᾶν ἐκ, Mt 1:3 ff.; γεννᾶσθαι (γίνεσθαι) ἐκ, Jo 3:6 8:41, Ga 4:4; ἐκ πνεύματος (θεοῦ), Jo 1:13 3:5 ff., al. ἔρχεσθαι, εἶναι, etc., ἐκ τ. πολέως, Jo 1:44; φυλῆς, Lk 2:36, al.; τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Lk 23:7; ὁ ὢν ἐκ τ. γῆς, Jo 3:31. Of the author, occasion or source: Mt 5:37, Jo 2:16, Ro 2:29, I Co 8:6, Ga 5:8, al.; ἐκ (τ.) θεοῦ, I Co 7:7, II Co 5:1, I Jo 4:7; ἐκ τ. πατρός, Jo 6:65, al.; ἐκ τ. γῆς ἐστιν, λαλεῖ, Jo 3:31; εκ καρδίας, Ro 6:17, cf. Mk 12:30, I Ti 1:5; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Eph 6:6, Col 3:23; ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 14:23; κρίνειν ἐκ, Lk 19:22, Re 20:12. Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mt 15:5, Mk 7:11, II Co 2:2, al.; freq. in Re after αδικεῖσθαι ( 2:11 ), etc. Of cause, dependence, source of supply: τ. πόνου (των), Re 16:10, 11; τ. φωνῶν, Re 8:13; ἐκ τούτου, Jo 6:66 19:12 (but v. Meyer, in ll.); ἐκ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, II Co 2:17; ἐκ τ. ἀληθείας εἶναι, Jo 18:37, I Jo 3:19; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 3:26 4:16; οἱ (ὄντες) ἐκ περιτομῆς, Ac 11:2, Ro 4:12, Ga 2:12, Col 4:11; πίνειν ἐκ, Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25, Jo 4:13, al.; θερίζειν, Ga 6:8; μετέχειν ἐκ (= partit. gen.), I Co 10:13; c. inf., ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, II Co 8:11. Of material: Mt 27:29, Jo 2:15 19:2, Ro 9:21, I Co 11:12, Re 18:12, al.; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. gen.): Mt 27:7, cf. ib. 20:2, Ac 1:18. By attraction = ἐν (cl.): τὰ ἐκ τ. οἰκιας, Mt 24:17; τ. ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, Mk 5:30 (v. Field, in l.); ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Lk 11:13. Adverbial phrases: ἐξ ἀνάγκης, II Co 9:7, He 7:12; ἐξ ἰσότητος, II Co 8:13; ἐκ μέρους, I Co 12:27 13:9-12; ἐκ μέτρου, Jo 3:34; ἐκ συμφώνου, I Co 7:5. in composition, ἐκ signifies, procession, removal: ἐκβαίνω, ἐκβάλλω. Opening out, unfolding: ἐκτείνω; metaph., ἐξαγγάλλω. Origin: ἔκγονος. Completeness: ἐξαπορέω (v. M, Pr., 237), ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω.Scroll for more

← Back to Mark 6:9

← Back to Acts 8:26

← Back to Acts 27:23

Acts 12:8

8And the angel said unto him Gird thyself and bind on thy sandals And he did so And he saith unto him Cast thy garment about thee and follow me

Word By Word, In Greek Order1said | 2And | 3the | 4angel | 5unto | 6him | 7Gird thyself | 8and | 9bind on | 10— | 11sandals | 12thy | 13he did | 14And | 15so | 16And | 17he saith | 18unto him | 19Cast … about thee | 20— | 21garment | 22thy | 23and | 24follow | 25me

said

And

the

angel

unto

him

Gird thyself

and

bind on

The ASV does not translate this word.

sandals

thy

he did

And

he saith

unto him

Cast … about thee

The ASV does not translate this word.

garment

thy

and

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

εἶπενAY-pen

δὲdeh

ὁhoh

ἄγγελοςAHN-geh-lohs

πρὸςprohs

αὐτόνow-TOHN

ΖῶσαιZOH-sai

καὶkai

ὑπόδησαιhoo-POH-day-sai

τὰtah

σανδάλιάsahn-DAH-lee-ah

σουsoo

ἐποίησενeh-POY-ay-sen

δὲdeh

οὕτωςHOO-tohs

καὶkai

λέγειLEH-gay

αὐτῷow-TOH

Περιβαλοῦpeh-ree-bah-LOO

τὸtoh

ἱμάτιόνhee-MAH-tee-ohn

σουsoo

καὶkai

ἀκολούθειah-koh-LOO-thay

μοιmoy

The Pieces

εἶπενGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ὁGreek article

ἄγγελοςGreek noun, masculine

πρὸςGreek preposition

αὐτόνGreek pronoun

ΖῶσαιGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

ὑπόδησαιGreek verb

τὰGreek article

σανδάλιάGreek noun, neuter

σουGreek pronoun

ἐποίησενGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

οὕτωςGreek adverb

καὶGreek conjunction

λέγειGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

ΠεριβαλοῦGreek verb

τὸGreek article

ἱμάτιόνGreek noun, neuter

σουGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀκολούθειGreek verb

μοιGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

to sayλέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

to dressI gird, put on the girdle, especially as preparatory to active work.ζώννυμι and ζωννύω [in LXX chiefly for חגר;] to gird: c. acc. pers., Jo 21:18. Mid., to gird oneself: Ac 12:8 (cf. ἀνα-, δια-, περι-, ὑπο-ζώννυμι ).†Scroll for more

to put on(lit: I bind under), mid: I put on my feet, pass: I am shod.ὑπο-δέω [in LXX: II Ch 28:15, Ez 16:10 ( נָעַל ) *;] to bind under, esp. of foot gear. Most freq. in mid, and pass. c. acc; of the foot, ὑποδησάμενοι τ. πόδας, your feet shod: Eph 6:15; of that which is put on, σανδάλια: Mk 6:9, Ac 12:8.†Scroll for more

sandalA sandal.σανδάλιον, -ου, τό (dimin. of σάνδαλον, prob. Persian), [in LXX: Jos 9:5, Is 20:2 ( נָעַל, elsewhere rendered ὑπόδημα, q.v.), Jth 10:4 16:9 *;] a sandal: Mk 6:9, Ac 12:8.†Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to do/make: do(a) I make, manufacture, construct, (b) I do, act, cause.ποιέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה;] to make, produce, create, cause: c. acc. rei, Mt 17:4, Mk 9:5, Jo 9:11, Ac 9:39, Ro 9:20, al.; of God as Creator (c. acc. pers. also), Mt 19:4, Mk 10:6, Lk 11:40, Ac 4:24, He 1:2, al.; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mt 20:12 (cf. Ru 2:19; so AV, but v. infr.), Re 13:5, R, mg. (but v. infr.); σκάνδαλα, Ro 16:17; εἰρήνην, Eph 2:15, Ja 3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Ac 24:12; συστροφήν, Ac 23:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Lk 1:68, Ac 15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι ), to go on, advance, Mk 2:23; πόλεμον, Re 11:7, al.; ἐκδίκησιν, Lk 18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Ac 25:3; κρίσιν, Jo 5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jo 5:36, al.; σημεῖα ( τέρατα καὶ σ. ), Jo 2:23 and freq., Ac 2:22, al.; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jo 14:23; πορείαν, Lk 13:22; κοινωνίαν, Ro 15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mk 6:21, al.; δοχήν, Lk 5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mt 22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mt 20:12, RV (but v. supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Re 13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l.; but v. supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Ja 4:13; c. acc. seq. ἐκ, Jo 2:15, al.; c. acc. et acc. pred., Mt 3:3 12:16, Mk 1:3 3:12, Jo 5:11, al.; c. adv., καλῶς, Mk 7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem., Ex 23:16, al.), Ac 18:21, Rec.; πάσχα, Mt 26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al.; Jb 42:8, III Ki 11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Lk 22:19, but v. Abbott, Essays, 110 ff.); seq. ἵνα (WM, 422 f.; M, Pr., 228), Jo 11:37, Col 4:16, Re 3:9. to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol., c. adv., καλῶς π., Mt 12:12, I Co 7:37, 38, Ja 2:19; id. seq. ptcp. (cl.; v. M, Pr., 228), Ac 10:33, Phl 4:14, II Pe 1:19, III Jo 6; οὕτως, Mt 24:46, Lk 9:15, al.; ὡς ( καθώς ), Mt 1:24 21:6, al.; ὁμοίως, Lk 3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mt 20:5; c. ptcp., ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, I Ti 1:13; c. acc. rei: τί interrog., Mt 12:3, Mk 2:25, Lk 6:2, al.; τοῦτο, Mt 13:28, Mk 5:32, Lk 22:19 (WH om.; v. supr., ref. to Abbott, Essays ), Ro 7:20, al.; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl., to make a law), Jo 7:19, Ga 5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos 22:5, I Ch 22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mt 5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mt 6:1, al.; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jo 3:21, al., etc.; c. dupl. acc., Mt 27:22, Mk 15:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers. (commod., incomm.; rare in cl.), Mt 7:12, Mk 5:19, 20, Lk 1:49, Jo 9:26, al. SYN.: πράσσω, q.v. The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr., Syn., § xcvi; Westc. on Jo 3:21; ICC on Ro 1:32 ).Scroll for more

thusThus, so, in this manner.οὕτως, rarely (Bl., § 5, 4; WH, App., 146 f.) οὕτω, adv. (< οὗτος ), [in LXX chiefly for כֵּן;] in this way, so, thus; referring to what precedes: Mt 5:16 6:30, Mk 10:43 14:59, Lk 1:25 2:48 15:7, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:15, I Co 8:12, al.; οὕτως καί, Mt 17:12, Mk 13:29, al.; pleonastically, resuming a ptcp. (cl.; v. Bl., § 74, 6), Ac 20:11 27:17. Referring to what follows: Mt 1:18 6:9, Lk 19:31, Jo 21:1, I Pe 2:15; bef. quotations from OT, Mt 2:5, Ac 7:6, I Co 15:45, He 4:4. C. adj. (marking intensity): He 12:21, Re 16:18; similarly c. adv., Ga 1:6 (cl.). As a predicate (Bl., § 76, 1): Mt 1:18 9:33, Mk 2:1, 2 4:26, Ro 4:18 9:20, I Pe 2:15; οὕ ἔχειν (Lat. sic or ita se habere ), Ac 7:1, al.; ἐκαθέζετο (as he was, without delay or preparation), Jo 4:6. In comparison, with correlative adv.: καθάπερ... οὕ., Ro 12:4, 5 al.; καθὼς... οὕ., Lk 11:30, al.; οὕ.... καθώς, Lk 24:24, al.; ὡς... οὕ., Ro 5:15, al.; οὕ... ὡς, Mk 4:26, al; ὥσπερ... οὕ., Mt 12:40, al.; οὕ.... οὕ., I Co 7:7.Scroll for more

to clotheI cast around, wrap a garment about, put on; hence mid: I put on to myself, clothe myself, dress; I draw (a line).περι-βάλλω, [in LXX chiefly for כּסה pi., also for לבשׁ, עטה, etc.;] to throw around or over, put on or over; of siege or defensive works: χάρακά σοι, Lk 19:43 (WH, mg.; παρεμβ-, WH, txt.); of clothing, to put on, wrap about, clothe with: c. acc. rei, Lk 23:11; c. acc. pers., Mt 25:36, 38, 43; c. dupl. acc. (not cl.; Bl., § 34, 4), Jo 19:2; pf. pass., to have wrapped round one: c. acc. rei (cl.), Mk 14:51 16:5, Re 7:9, 13 10:1 11:3 12:1 17:4 18:16 19:13; c. dat. rei, Re 4:4 (WH, txt.; seq. ἐν, WH, mg.); fut., seq. ἐν (cf. De 22:12, Ps 44 (45):9, 13 ), Re 3:5. Mid., to clothe oneself, wrap round or put on oneself: absol., Mt 6:29, Lk 12:27, Re 3:18; c. acc. rei, Mt 6:31, Ac 12:8, Re 19:8.†Scroll for more

clothingA long flowing outer garment, tunic.ἱμάτιον, -ου, τό (dim. of εἷμα, a garment ), [in LXX chiefly for בֶּגֶד, also for שִׂמְלָה, שַׂלְמָה, etc.;] a garment, but in usage always (exc. in p1., v. infr.) of an outer garment, a mantle, cloak (thrown over the χιτών; v. Rutherford, NPhr., 22; DCG, i, 499 a ): Mt 9:16, 20, 21, Mk 2:21 5:27, 28, 30, Jo 19:2, Ac 12:8, al.; opp. to χιτών, Mt 5:40, Lk 6:29, Ac 9:39; pl., garments, clothes (i.e. the cloak and the tunic), Mt 17:2 26:65 27:31, 35, Mk 5:30 15:20, 24, Jo 19:23, 24, Ja 5:2, al.Scroll for more

to followI accompany, attend, follow.ἀκολουθέω, -ῶ (< ἀκόλουθος, following; < ἀ- cop., κέλευθος, poët., away ), [in LXX chiefly for הָלַךְ;] to accompany, follow: Mt 4:25, al. Metaph., of discipleship: Mt 9:9, Mk 9:38, Jo 12:26, al. Absol.: Mt 18:10; more freq., c. dat. (cl.), Mt 8:1, al.; seq. μετά, c. gen, (cl.; Eutherford, N.Phr., 458 f.), Lk 9:49; ὀπίσω, c. gen. (Heb. הָלַךְ אחֲֲרֵי ), Mt 10:38 (cf. ἐξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-, παρ-, συν-ἀκολουθέω ). SYN.: (cl.) ἕπομαι, not in NT (v. Cremer, 80; MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

to meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

← Back to Exodus 34:29

← Back to Psalms 126:1

← Back to Luke 24:11

Acts 12:9

9And he went out and followed and he knew not that it was true which was done by the angel but thought he saw a vision

Related verses (9)

And

he went out

and followed

and

not

he knew

that

true

it was

which

was done

the

angel

thought

but

a vision

he saw

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

καὶkai

ἐξελθὼνeh-ksel-THOHN

ἠκολούθειay-koh-LOO-thay

καὶkai

οὐκook

ᾔδειAY-day

ὅτιHOH-tee

ἀληθέςah-lay-THES

ἐστινeh-steen

τὸtoh

γινόμενονgee-NOH-meh-nohn

διὰdee-AH

τοῦtoo

ἀγγέλουahn-GEH-loo

ἐδόκειeh-DOH-kay

δὲdeh

ὅραμαHOH-rah-mah

βλέπεινBLEH-payn

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐξελθὼνGreek verb

ἠκολούθειGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

οὐκGreek negative particle

ᾔδει

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ἀληθέςGreek adjective

ἐστινGreek verb

τὸGreek article

γινόμενονGreek verb

διὰGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

ἀγγέλουGreek noun, masculine

ἐδόκειGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ὅραμαGreek noun, neuter

βλέπεινGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to go outI go out, come out.ἐξ-έρχομαι, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for יצא, also for עלה,בֹּוא, etc.;] depon., to go, or come out of: Mt 10:11, Mk 1:35, Jo 13:30, al.; c. inf., Mt 11:8, Mk 3:21, Lk 7:25, 26 Ac 20:8; id. seq. ἐπί, Mt 26:55, al.; εἰς, Mk 1:38; ἵνα, Re 6:2; ἐ. seq. ἐκ (cl. c. gen. loc.), Mk 5:2, Jo 4:30, al.; ἔξω, c. gen., Mt 21:17, Mk 14:68, Ac 16:13, He 13:13; ἀπό, Mk 11:12, Lk 9:5, Phl 4:15; ἐκεῖθεν, Mt 15:21, Mk 6:1, Lk 9:4, al.; of demons expelled, seq. ἐκ (ἀπό), c. gen. pers., Mk 1:25, 26 5:8, Lk 4:35, al.; of prisoners released, Mt 5:26, Ac 16:40; ptcp., ἐξελθών, c. indic., of verb of departure (cf. Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 8:32 15:21 24:1, Mk 16:8, Lk 22:39, Ac 12:9, 17 al. Metaph., of persons: II Co 6:17, I Jo 2:19; of birth or origin, Mt 2:6 (LXX), He 7:5 (cf. Ge 35:11 ); of escape from danger, ἐκ τ. χειρὸς αὐτῶν, Jo 10:39; of public appearance, I Jo 4:1; of things: Mt 24:27; esp. of utterances, reports, proclamations: φωνή, Re 16:17 19:5; φήμη, Mt 9:26, Lk 4:14; ἀκοή, Mk 1:28; λόγος, Jo 21:23; δόγμα, Lk 2:1 (cf. δι-εξέρχομαι ).Scroll for more

noNo, not.οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf. μή ); absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many ), Ac 17:4, al.; οὐκ ἄσημος, Ac 21:39; πᾶς... οὐ, c. verb, (like Heb. כֹּל... לֹא ), no, none, Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:37, Eph 5:5, al.; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ... ἀλλά, Lk 8:52, Jo 1:33, Ro 8:20, al.; c. 2 pers. fut. (like Heb. לֹא, c. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt 4:7, Lk 4:12, Ro 7:7, al. With another negative, strengthening the negation: Mk 5:37, Jo 8:15 12:19, Ac 8:39, al.; making an affirmative: Ac 4:20, I Co 12:15. With other particles: οὐ μή (v.s. μή ); οὐ μηκέτι, Mt 21:19; with μή interrog., Ro 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5 11:22. Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne ): Mt 6:26, Mk 4:21, Lk 11:40, Jo 4:35, Ro 9:21, al.Scroll for more

to perceiveI know, remember, appreciate.οἶδα, (from same root as εἶδον, q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for ידע;] pf. with pres. meaning (plpf. as impf.; on irregular tense-forms, v. App.), to have seen or perceived, hence, to know, have knowledge of: c. acc. rei, Mt 25:13, Mk 10:19, Jo 10:4, Ro 7:7, al.; c. acc. pers., Mt 26:72, Jo 1:31, Ac 3:16, al.; τ. θεόν, I Th 4:5, Tit 1:16, al.; c. acc. et inf., Lk 4:41, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mt 9:6, Lk 20:21, Jo 3:2, Ro 2:2 11:2, al.; seq. quaest. indir., Mt 26:70, Jo 9:21, Eph 1:18, al.; c. inf., to know how (cl.), Mt 7:11, Lk 11:13, Phl 4:12, I Th 4:4, al.; in unique sense of respect, appreciate: I Th 5:12 (but v. also ICC on I Th 4:4 ). SYN.: v.s. γινώσκω.Scroll for more

trueUnconcealed, true, true in fact, worthy of credit, truthful.ἀληθής, -ές (< λήθω = λανθάνω, hence primarily, unconcealed, manifest; hence, actual, real ), [in LXX for אֶמֶת, etc.;] of things, true, conforming to reality: Jo 4:18 5:31-32 6:55 (= ἀληθινός, q.v.) Jo 8:13-14, 17 10:41 19:35 21:24, Ac 12:9, Phl 4:8, Tit 1:13, I Pe 5:12, II Pe 2:22, I Jn 2:6, III Jn 12; of persons, truthful: Mt 22:16, Mk 12:14, Jo 3:33 7:18 8:26, Ro 3:4, II Co 6:8.† SYN.: ἀληθινός, real, genuine, ideal, as opp. to spurious or imperfect ἀληθής, true to fact, as opp. to false, lying, denotes the actuality of a thing: ἀληθινός, its relation to the corresponding conception. (Cf. Tr., Syn., § viii; Cremer, 84 f., 631 Abbott, JV, 234 f.; DB, iv, 818 f.; MM, VGT, s.vv.)Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

through/because of(a) gen: through, throughout, by the instrumentality of, (b) acc: through, on account of, by reason of, for the sake of, because of.διά (before a vowel δ’, exc. Ro 8:10, II Co 5:7, and in pr. names; Tdf., Pr., 94), prep. c. gen., acc, as in cl.; c. gen., through; of Place, after verbs of motion or action: Mt 2:12 12:43, Mk 2:23, Lk 4:30, Jo 4:4, II Co 11:33, al.; σώζεσθαι (διας-) δ. πυρός, ὕδατος, I Co 3:15, I Pe 3:20; βλέπειν δ. ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; metaph., of a state or condition: Ro 14:20, II Co 2:4 5:7, 10; δ. γράμματος, ἀκροβυστίας (Lft., Notes, 263, 279), Ro 2:27 4:11; δι’ ὑπομενῆς, Ro 8:25. Of Time; during which: Mt 26:61, Mk 14:58, Lk 5:5; δ. παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν, He 2:15; δ. παντός ( διαπαντός in Mk 5:5, Lk 24:53 ), always, continually, Mt 18:10, Ac 2:25 (LXX) 10:2 24:16, Ro 11:10 (LXX), II Th 3:16, He 9:6 13:15. within which: Ac 1:3; δ. νυκτός, Ac 5:19 16:9 17:10 23:31; after which (Field, Notes, 20; Abbott, JG, 255 f.): Mk 2:1, Ac 24:17, Ga 2:1. Of the Means or Instrument; of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument): of God, Ro 11:36, I Co 1:9, Ga 4:7, He 2:10 7:21; of Christ, Ro 1:8 5:1, 17, I Co 15:21, I Pe 4:11, al.; δ. τ. ὑμῶν δεήσεως, Ro 1:12, II Co 1:4, Ga 4:23, al.; of the agent, instrument or means; c. gen. pers., Mt 11:2, Lk 1:70, Jo 1:17, Ac 1:16, Ro 2:16, I Co 1:21, Eph 1:5, He 2:14, Re 1:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. κυρίου δ. τ. προφήτου ( δ. τ. κυρίου, I Th 4:2 (M, Th., in l.); Lft., Rev., 121 f.), Mt 1:22 2:15, Ro 1:2; δ. ἐπιστολῆς ὡς δ. ἡμῶν (Field, Notes, 202), II Th 2:2; δ. Σ. ( NTD, 22), I Pe 5:12; c. gen. rei (where often the simple dat. is used in cl.; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jo 11:4, Ac 5:12; δ. τ. πίστεως, Ro 3:30; δ. λόγου θεοῦ, I Pe 1:23; δ. παραβολῆς, Lk 8:4; δουλεύειν δ. τ. ἀγάπης, Ga 5:13; δ. ἐπαγγελίας, Ga 3:18. C. acc.; rarely, as c. gen., through (Hom), δ. μέσον Σαμαρίας ( ICC, in l.; Bl., §42, 1; Robertson, Gr., 581), Lk 17:11. by reason of, because of, for the sake of; c. acc pers. (M, Pr., 105), Mk 2:27, Jo 6:57 11:42, Ro 8:20; c. acc. rei, δ. φθόνον, Mt 27:18, Mk 15:10; δ. φόβον, Jo 7:13 20:19; δ. ἀγάπην, Eph 2:4; δ. τοῦτο, freq., for this cause, therefore, Mt 6:25, Mk 6:14, Lk 11:49, Jo 6:65, al.; id. seq. ὅτι, Jo 5:16 10:17, al.; δ. τί, why, Mt 9:11, 14, Mk 2:18, Jo 7:45, al.; δ. τό, c. inf., Mk 5:4, Lk 9:7, Ja 4:2. In composition, through, as in διαβαίνω; of separation, asunder, as in διασπάω; of distribution, abroad, as in διαγγέλλω; of transition, as διαλλάσσω; of "perfective" action (M, Pr., 112 f., 115 f.), as διαφύγω, διακαθαρίζω.Scroll for more

to thinkI think, seem, appear, it seems.δοκέω, -ῶ (< δόκος, opinion, < δέκομαι, Ion, form of δέχ- ), [in LXX for טוֹב, נָדַב, etc.;] to be of opinion, suppose: Mt 24:44, Lk 12:40, He 10:29; c. inf., Mt 3:9, Lk 8:18 24:37, Jo 5:39 16:2, Ac 12:9 27:13, I Co 3:18 7:40 8:2 10:12 14:37, Ga 6:3, Phl 3:4, Ja 1:26; c. acc et inf., I Co 12:23, II Co 11:16; seq. ὅτι, Mt 6:7 26:53, Mk 6:49, Lk 12:51 13:2, 4 19:11, Jo 5:45 11:13, 31 13:29 20:15, I Co 4:9, II Co 12:19, Ja 4:5. to seem, be reputed: Ac 25:27; c. inf., Mk 10:42, Lk 10:36 22:24, Ac 17:13 26:9, I Co 11:16 12:22, II Co 10:9, Ga 2:6, 9, He 4:1 12:11; οἱ δοκοῦντες, those of repute, Ga 2:2. Impers., it seems, c. dat. pers.; to think: Mt 17:25 18:12 21:28 22:17, 42 26:66, Jo 11:56, He 12:10; to please, seem good to: c. inf., Lk 1:3, Ac 15:22, 25, 23, 34.† SYN. ( δοκέω 1.): ἡγέομαι 2, νομίζω 2, οἴομαι; ἡ. and ν. properly express belief resting on external proof, ἡ. denoting the more careful judgment; δ. and οἴ. imply a subjective judgment which in the case of οἴ. is based on feeling, in δ. on thought (v. Schmidt, c. 17) ( δοκέω 2.): φαίνομαι; φ., from the standpoint of the object, "expresses how a matter phenomenally shows and presents itself"; δ., from the standpoint of the observer, expresses one's subjective judgment about a matter (v. Tr., Syn., § lxxx; Cremer, 204).Scroll for more

visionA spectacle, vision, that which is seen.ὅραμα, -τος, τό (< ὁράω ), [in LXX for חָזוֹן, מַרְאֶה, etc.;] that which is seen; a sight, spectacle: Mt 17:9, Ac 7:31; an appearance, vision: Ac 9:10, 12 (Rec.) 10:3, 17, 19 11:5 12:9 16:9, 10 18:9 (cf. ὀπτασία ).†Scroll for more

to see(primarily physical), I look, see, perceive, discern.βλέπω, [in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for פּנה, etc.;] of bodily sight; to see, have sight (opp. to τυφλὸς εἶναι ): Mt 12:22, Jo 9:7, Ac 9:9, Ro 11:8, Re 3:18, al.; to perceive, look (at), see: absol., Ac 1:9; c. acc., Mt 7:3, Mk 5:31, Lk 6:41, Jo 1:29, al.; ὅραμα, Ac 12:9; γυναῖκα, Mt 5:28; βιβλίον, Re 5:3, 4; τ. βλεπόμενα, II Co 4:18. Metaph., of mental vision; to see, perceive, discern: absol., Mt 13:13, Lk 8:10; δι’ ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; c. acc., He 2:9 10:25; seq. ὅτι, He 3:19, Ja 2:22; to consider, look to, take heed: absol., Mk 13:23, 33; c. acc., I Co 1:26, al.; seq. πῶς, c. indic., Lk 8:18, I Co 3:10, Eph 5:15; seq. τί, c. indic., Mk 4:24; seq. εἰς πρόσωπον, of partiality, Mt 22:16, Mk 12:14. Colloq. (for ex. from π., V. Deiss., LAE, 122; M, Pr., 107; MM, Exp., x; Milligan, NTD, 50), β. ἑαυτόν: Mk 13:9; seq. ἵνα μή, II Jo 8; β. ἀπό, Mk 8:15 12:38; seq. μή (cl. ὁρᾶν ), c. fut. indic., Col 2:8, He 3:12; id. c. aor. subj., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5. Of situation and direction (Lat. specto ), to look, face (towards), places, etc. (seq. πρός, Xen, Hell., vii, 1, 17; Ez 40:23, 24): seq. κατά, c. acc., Ac 27:12 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐμ-, ἐπι-, περ-, προ-βλέπω ), v. DCG, i, 446; ii, 596.Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 17:8

Acts 12:10

10And when they were past the first and the second guard they came unto the iron gate that leadeth into the city which opened to them of its own accord and they went out and passed on through one street and straightway the angel departed from him

Related verses (10)

when they were past

And

first

the … guard

and

the second

they came

unto

the

gate

The ASV does not translate this word.

iron

The ASV does not translate this word.

that leadeth

into

the

city

which

of its own accord

opened

to them

and

they went out

and passed on through

street

one

and

straightway

departed

the

angel

from

him

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

Card 32

Card 33

διελθόντεςdee-el-THOHN-tes

δὲdeh

πρώτηνPROH-tayn

φυλακὴνfoo-lah-KAYN

καὶkai

δευτέρανdyoo-TEH-rahn

ἦλθανAYL-thahn

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τὴνtayn

πύληνPOO-layn

τὴνtayn

σιδηρᾶνsee-day-RAHN

τὴνtayn

φέρουσανFEH-roo-sahn

εἰςays

τὴνtayn

πόλινPOH-leen

ἥτιςHAY-tees

αὐτομάτηow-toh-MAH-tay

ἠνοίγηay-NOY-gay

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

καὶkai

ἐξελθόντεςeh-ksel-THOHN-tes

προῆλθονproh-AYL-thohn

ῥύμηνROO-mayn

μίανMEE-ahn

καὶkai

εὐθέωςyoo-THEH-ohs

ἀπέστηah-PEH-stay

ὁhoh

ἄγγελοςAHN-geh-lohs

ἀπahp

αὐτοῦow-TOO

The Pieces

διελθόντεςGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

πρώτηνGreek adjective

φυλακὴνGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

δευτέρανGreek adjective

ἦλθανGreek verb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

πύληνGreek noun, feminine

τὴνGreek article

σιδηρᾶνGreek adjective

τὴνGreek article

φέρουσανGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

πόλινGreek noun, feminine

ἥτιςGreek relative pronoun

αὐτομάτηGreek adjective

ἠνοίγηGreek verb

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐξελθόντεςGreek verb

προῆλθονGreek verb

ῥύμηνGreek noun, feminine

μίανGreek adjective

καὶGreek conjunction

εὐθέωςGreek adverb

ἀπέστηGreek verb

ὁGreek article

ἄγγελοςGreek noun, masculine

ἀπGreek preposition

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

to pass throughI pass through, spread (as a report).δι-έρχομαι [in LXX for אבר, הלךְ, בּוֹא, etc.;] to go through, pass through; of things: Mt 19:24, Mk 10:25, Lk 2:35, al.; of persons: Lk 19:4; c. acc loc., Lk 19:1, He 4:14, Ac 12:10; seq. διά, c. gen. loc., Mt 12:43, I Co 10:1; seq. εἰς, Mk 4:35; ἕως, Lk 2:15. to go about: Lk 9:6, Ac 20:25; of a report, to spread, go abroad (Thuc.), Lk 5:15.Scroll for more

firstFirst, before, principal, most important.B. Superl., πρῶτος, -η, -ον, [in LXX chiefly for רִאשׁוֹן, also for אֶחַד, etc.;] first, of Time or Place; absol., as subst., ὁ π.., Lk 14:18, Jo 19:32, I Co 14:30; ὁ π. καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, Re 1:17 2:8 22:13; neut., τὸ π., opp. to τ. δεύτερον, He 10:9; τὰ π., opp. to τ. ἔσχατα, Mt 12:45, Lk 11:26, II Pe 2:20; anarth., Mt 10:2; pl., Mt 19:30, Mk 10:31, Lk 13:30; ἐν πρώτοις (EV, first of all ), I Co 15:3; as adj.: πρώτῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ ) σαββάτου, Mk 16:[9]; φυλακή, opp. to δευτέρα, Ac 12:10; equiv. to adv. in English, Jo 8:[7] 20:4, 8, Ac 27:43, Ro 10:19, I Ti 1:16, I Jo 4:19; = πρότερος (v. infr.; cf. M, Pr., 79; Bl., § 11, 5; Thackeray, Gr., 183 f.): c. gen., π. μου ἦν ( my chief: Abbott, Jg., 509 ff.; but cf. M, Pr., 245), Jo 1:15, 30; c. art., Mk 14:12, Ac 1:1, al.; seq. ὁ δεύτερος, etc., Mt 22:25, Mk 12:20, al. Of Rank or Dignity, chief, principal: Mt 20:27 22:38, Mk 9:35, Eph 6:2, al.; c. gen., Mk 12:28, 29 al.; πόλις (Field, Notes, 124), Ac 16:12; c. art., Lk 15:22 19:47, Ac 13:50, al. Neut., πρῶτον, as adv., first, at the first; of Time: Mt 8:21, Mk 4:28, al.; τὸ π., Jo 10:40, al.; of Order: Ro 3:2, I Co 11:18, al.Scroll for more

secondlySecond; with the article: in the second place, for the second time.δεῦτερος, -α, -ον, second in order, with or without idea of time: Mt 22:26, 39, al.; θάνατος, Re 2:11 20:14 21:8; χάρις, II Co 1:15. In neut. as adv., secondly, a second time; opp. to πρῶτον: Jo 3:4 21:16, I Co 12:28, Re 19:3; τὸ δ., II Co 13:2, Ju 5; ἐν τ. δ., at the second time: Ac 7:13; in later usage (as I Mac 9:1 ), ἐκ δ., Mk 14:72, Jo 9:24, Ac 11:9, He 9:28.Scroll for more

to come/goI come, go.ἔρχομαι, [in LXX very freq. for בּוֹא, also for הלךְ ni., אתה, etc., 34 words in all;] to come; of persons, either as arriving or returning from elsewhere: Mt 8:9, Mk 6:31, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:27, Ro 9:9, al.; seq. ἀπό, Mk 5:35 7:1, Jo 3:2, al.; ἐκ, Lk 5:17, Jo 3:31, al.; εἰς, Mk 1:29, al.; διά seq. εἰς, Mk 7:31; ἐν (Cremer, 263 f., but v.s. ἐν ), Ro 15:29, I Co 4:21; ἐπί, c. acc., Mk 6:53 11:13, Jo 19:33, al.; κατά, c. acc., Lk 10:33 Ac 16:7; παρά, c. gen., Lk 8:49; c. acc., Mt 15:29, Mk 9:14, al.; c. dat. comm., incomm. (M, Pr., 75, 245), Mt 21:5, Re 2:5, 16; with adverbs: πόθεν, Jo 3:8, al.; ἄνωθεν, Jo 3:31; ὄπισθεν, Mk 5:27; ὧδε, Mt 8:29; ἐκεῖ, Jo 18:3; ποῦ, He 11:8; seq. ἕως, Lk 4:42; ἄχρι, Ac 11:5; with purpose expressed by inf., Mk 5:14, Lk 1:59, al.; by fut. ptcp., Mt 27:49; ἵνα, Jo 12:9; εἰς τοῦτο, ἵνα, Ac 9:21; διά, c. acc., Jo 12:9; before verbs of action, ἔρχεται καί, ἦλθε καί, etc.: Mk 2:18, Jo 6:15, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:47 11:34; ἐλθών (redundant; Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 2:8 8:7, Mk 7:25, Ac 16:39, al.; similarly ἐρχόμενος, Lk 15:25, al.; of coming into public view: esp. of the Messiah ( ὁ ἐρχόμενος, Mt 11:3, al.; v. Cremer, 264), Lk 3:16, Jo 4:25; hence, of Jesus, Mt 11:19, Lk 7:34, Jo 5:43, al.; of the second coming, Mt 10:23, Ac 1:11, I Co 4:5, I Th 5:2, al.; of time: ἔρξονται ἡμέραι (pres. for fut.: Bl., §56, 8), Lk 23:29, He 8:8 (LXX); fut., Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, al.; ἔρξεται ὥρα, ὅτε, Jo 4:21, 23. al.; ἦλθεν, ἐλήλυθε ἡ ὥρα, Jo 13:1 16:32 17:1; ἡ ἡμέρα τ. κυρίου, I Th 5:2; καιροί, Ac 3:19; of things and events: κατακλυσμός, Lk 17:27; λιμός, Ac 7:11; ἡ ὀργή, I Th 1:10; ὁ λύχνος, Mk 4:21 (v. Swete, in l.). Metaph., τ. ἀγαθά, Ro 3:8; τ. τέλειον, I Co 13:10; ἡ πίστις, Ga 3:23, 25; ἡ ἐντολή, Ro 7:9; with prepositions: ἐκ τ. θλίψεως, Re 7:14; ἐις τ. χεῖρον, Mk 5:26; εἰς πειρασμόν, ib. 14:38, al. to go: ὀπίσω, c. gen. (Heb. הָלַךְ אַחֲרֵי ), Mt 16:24, Mk 8:34, Lk 9:23; σύν, Jo 21:3; ὁδόν, Lk 2:44. (Cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-αν-, ἀπ-, δι-, εἰς, ἐπ-εἰσ-, παρ-εἰσ-, συν-εἰσ-, ἐξ-, δι-εξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-, παρ-, ἀντι-παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-έρχομαι.) SYN.: πορεύομαι, χωρέω (v, Thayer, s.v. ἔρξομαι ).Scroll for more

upon/to/againstOn, to, against, on the basis of, at.ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’ ), prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. C. gen., of place, answering the question, where? of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ. ); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Ro 9:5: τ. γάζης, Ac 8:27; ἐξουσία, Re 2:26 20:6; of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jo 6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mt 21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mk 12:26 (v. Swete, in l.); c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28:14, Ac 23:30, I Co 6:1, al. Of time, c. gen. pers., in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Lk 4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Ac 11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mk 2:26; c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1:11, He 1:2, II Pe 3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, I Th 1:2, Phm 4. C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? lit., on, upon: Mt 9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., I, 1, ( a )), Mt 9:16 Ac 8:16; above, Lk 23:38; at, by, Mk 13:29, Jo 5:2, Ac 5:9, al.; metaph., upon, on the ground of, Lk 4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mk 6:52 (v. Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Ac 5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mt 18:3 19:9, Ro 12:12, al.; ἐφ’ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Ro 5:12 II Co 5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 18:13, Ro 16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8:20, I Co 9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (v. Westc. on He 9:10 ), He 10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph 2:10, Phl 4:10; of authority, over, Mt 24:47 Lk 12:44; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12:52; in addition to (cl.), II Co 7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 1:3 2:17. C. acc., of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? lit., upon, over: Mt 14:28, 29, Lk 5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 4:38 11:2, Lk 2:25, Jo 1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Ac 1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mk 16:2, Ac 8:36, al.; metaph. (in wh. "the acc. is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. acc. pers., Mt 10:13 12:28, Ac 2:17, Jo 18:4, Eph 5:6, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Phl 2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (v.s. ἐπικαλέω ), Ac 15:17, Ja 2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Lk 1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ. ), thrice, Ac 10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Ac 4:17 II Ti 2:16 3:9 (v. also infr., 2, ( a )); ἐφ’ ὅσον (v. infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of power, authority, control, Lk 1:33, Ac 7:10 Ro 5:14, He 3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Lk 1:17 23:28, Ac 9:35, 42, Ro 11:22, Ga 4:9, Eph 2:7, I Ti 5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3:7, Lk 23:48; ἐφ’ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ’ ᾧ, Mt 26:50; of hostility, against, Mt 24:7, Mk 3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Lk 9:5, Jo 13:18, Ac 7:54, I Co 7:36, II Co 1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dat.), Mk 9:12 15:24, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:9. Of time, during, for: Lk 4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί ), Ac 13:31 16:18, He 11:30, al.; ἐφ’ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9:15 Ro 7:1, al. (for ἐφ’ ὅ in another sense, v. supr., 1, ( b )); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (v.s. ἱ ), Ac 20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Ac 20:9 24:4; on, about, towards (cl. εἰς ): Lk 10:35 Ac 3:1 4:5. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ἐπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ἐπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.Scroll for more

gateA gate.πύλη, -ης, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for שַׁעַר sometimes for דֶּלֶת, פֶּתַח;] a gate: Lk 7:12, Ac 9:24 12:10 16:13, He 13:12; ἡ Ὡραία Π. τ. ἱεροῦ, Ac 3:10. Metaph., Mt 7:13, 14; πύλαι ᾅδου ( Wi 16:13, III Mac 5:51, and cf. κλεῖς ᾅδου, Re 1:18 ): Mt 16:18.†Scroll for more

ironMade of iron.σιδήρεος, -α, -ον (-οῦς, -ᾶ -οῦν) (< σίδηρος ), [in LXX chiefly for בַּרְזֶל;] of iron: Ac 12:10, Re 2:27 9:9 12:5 19:15.†Scroll for more

to bear/leadI carry, bear, bring; I conduct, lead; perhaps: I make publicly known.φέρω [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא. hi., also for נשׂא, etc.;] to bear; to bear, carry: c. acc, Lk 23:26 24:1, Jo 19:39, He 1:3 (v. Westc., in l.); pass., Ac 2:2 27:15, 17 He 6:1, II Pe 1:17, 18; of the mind, II Pe 1:21. to bear, endure: c. acc. rei, He 12:20 13:13; c. acc pers., Ro 9:22. to bring, bring forward: c. acc. pers., Ac 5:16; id. seq. πρός, Mk 1:32 2:3 9:17, 19, 20; ἐπί, Lk 5:18; c. dat., Mk 7:32 8:22; c. acc. rei, Mk 6:27 11:2 12:15, Lk 15:23, Ac 4:34, 37 5:2, II Ti 4:13; id. seq. πρός, Mk 11:7; εἰς, Re 21:24, 26; ἐπί, Mt 14:11, Mk 6:28; ἀπό, Jo 21:10; c. dat., Mk 12:15, Jo 2:8; id. seq. ὧδε, Mt 14:18 17:17; seq. φαγεῖν (sc. τι ), Jo 4:33; τ. δάκτυλον ( χεῖρα ), Jo 20:27; pass., ἡ χάρις, I Pe 1:13; διδαχήν, II Jn 10; θάνατον (cf. Field, Notes, 230), He 9:16; κρίσιν, II Pe 2:11; κατηγορίαν, Jo 18:29; αἰτίαν, Ac 25:18; αἰτιώματα, ib. 7, Rec. to bear, produce, bring forth: καρπόν, Mt 7:18, Mk 4:8, Jo 12:24 15:2, 4, 5, 8, 16. to bring, lead: Mk 15:22, Jo 21:18, Ac 14:13; metaph., of a gate ( ὁδός, cl.), Seq. εἰς, Ac 12:10 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, εἰσ-, παρ-εισ-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, παρα-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπο-φέρω ).† SYN: φορέω, which expresses habitual and continuous bearing as distinct from ( φέρω ) that which is accidental and temporary (cf. Mt 11:8, al., s.v. φορέω, and v. Tr., Syn., § lviii)Scroll for more

cityA city, the inhabitants of a city.πόλις, -εως, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for עִיר;] a city: Mt 2:23, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:29, Jo 4:8, al. mult.; opp. to κῶμαι ( κ. καὶ ἀγροί ), Mt 9:35 10:11, Mk 6:56, Lk 8:1 13:22; c. nom. propr. in appos. (cl.), Ac 11:5 16:14; c. id. in gen. appos. (Bl., § 35, 5), Ac 8:5, II Pe 2:6; gen., of the region, Lk 1:26 4:31, Jo 4:5; of the inhabitants, Mt 10:5, 23, Lk 23:51, Ac 19:35, II Co 11:32; c. gen. pers., of one's residence or native place, Mt 22:7, Lk 2:4, 11 4:29 10:11, Jo 1:45, Ac 16:20, Re 16:9; of Jerusalem: ἡ ἁγία π., Mt 4:5 27:53, Re 11:2; ἡ ἠγαπημένη, Re 20:19; π. τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως, Mt 5:35 (cf. Ps 47 (48):2 ); of the heavenly city in the Apocalyptic visions, Re 3:12 21:2, 10, 14 ff. 22:14, 19. By meton., of the inhabitants of a city: Mt 8:34 12:25 21:10, Mk 1:33, Ac 14:21 21:30.Scroll for more

who/whichWhosoever, whichsoever, whatsoever.ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ τι (also written ὅ, τι and ὅτι; v. LS, s.v.; WH, § 411; Tdf., Pr., 111), in NT scarcely ever except in nom. (M, Pr., 91), the only instance of the oblique cases being found in ἕως ὅτου (v.s. ἕως ), relative of indef. reference (related to simple ὅς as Lat. quisquis to qui ), whoever, anyone who; of an indef. person or thing: in general statements, Mt 5:39, 41 13:12, and freq., Lk 14:27, Ga 5:4, al.; in relative sentences, Mt 7:26, Lk 15:7, Phl 3:7, al.; πᾶς ὅ., c. indic., Mt 7:24 10:32; ὅ ἄν ( ἐάν ), c. subjc., Mt 12:50 13:12, Jo 14:13, I Co 16:2, Ga 5:10, al.; of a definite person or thing, indicating quality, "either generic, which, as other like things, or essential, which by its very nature " (Hort on I Pe 2:11 ), who is such as: Mt 2:6 7:26, Lk 2:10 7:37, Jo 8:53, Ac 7:53, Ro 6:2, I Co 3:17, Ga 4:24, Eph 1:23, al.; where the relative sentence expresses a reason, consequence, etc. (M, Pr., 92), seeing that he ( it, they ), and he ( it, they ): Lk 8:3 10:42, Ac 10:47 11:28, Phl 4:3, al.; as in Ionic and late Greek (Bl., § 50, 1; M, Pr., 91), differing but little from ὅς: Lk 2:4 9:30, Ac 17:10, Re 12:13.Scroll for more

by itselfOf its own accord.αὐτόματος, -ον, and -η, -ον (etym. doubtful; v. Boisacq, Prellwitz, s.v.), [in LXX, Le 25:5, 11, IV Ki 19:29 ( סָפִיחַ ), Jos 6:5, Jb 24:24, Wi 17:6 *;] of persons, acting of one's own will. Of inanimate things and natural agencies, of itself, of its own accord: γῆ, Mk 4:28 (MM, s.v.); πύλη, Ac 12:10.†Scroll for more

to openI open.ἀν-οίγω ( ἀνά, οἴγω = οἴγνυμι ), [in LXX chiefly for פָּתַח;] to open; trans., c. acc.; a door or gate, Ac 5:19 12:14, Re 4:1; pass., Ac 12:10 16:26, 27; metaph. of opportunity or welcome, Ac 14:27, Col 4:3, Re 3:20; pass., I Co 16:9, II Co 2:12, Re 3:8; absol. (sc. θύραν ), Ac 5:23 12:16; c. dat. pers., Lk 12:36, Jo 10:3; metaph., Mt 7:7, 8 25:11, Lk 11:9, 10 13:25, Re 3:7; θησαυρούς ( Si 43:14 ), Mt 2:11; τ. μνημεῖα, Mt 27:52; τάφος, Ro 3:13; τ. φρέαρ, Re 9:2; of heaven, Mt 3:16, Lk 3:21, Ac 10:11, Re 11:19 15:5 19:11; σφραγῖδα, Re 5:9 6:1 ff. 8:1; βιβλίον, βιβλαρίδιον, Lk 4:17, Re 5:2-5 10:2, 8 20:12; τ. στόμα, Mt 17:27; id. Hebraistically ( Nu 22:28, Jb 3:1, Is 50:5, al.), of beginning to speak, Mt 5:2, Ac 8:32, 35 10:34 18:14; seq. εἰς βλαιφημίας, Re 13:6; ἐν παραβολαῖς ( Ps 77 (78):2 ), Mt 13:35; of recovering speech, Lk 1:64; of the earth opening, Re 12:16; τ. ὀφθαλμούς, Ac 9:8, 40; id. c. gen. pers., of restoring sight, Mt 9:30 20:33, Jo 9:10 ff. 10:21 11:37; metaph., Ac 26:18; ἀκοάς, c. gen. pers., of restoring hearing, Mk 7:35. Intrans. in 2 pf., ἀνέῳγα (M, Pr., 154); heaven, Jo 1:51; τ. στόμα, seq. πρός, of speaking freely, II Co 6:11 (cf. δι-ανοίγω and v. MM, VGT, 45).†Scroll for more

to go beforeI go forward, go on, advance; I go before, precede.προ-έρχομαι, [in LXX: Ge 33:3, 14 R ( עבר ), Jth 2:19, Si 35 (32):10, al;] to go forward, go on, advance: seq. μικρόν, Mt 26:39 and Mk 14:35 (WH, mg., προσελθών ): ῥύμην μίαν (cf. Plat., Rep., i, 328e), Ac 12:10. Of relative position, to go before, precede: c. gen. (cl.; Jth 2:19 ); c. acc. pers. (not cl.), Lk 22:47 (c. gen., Rec.); seq. ἐνώπιον, Lk 1:17 (cf. Ge 33:3 ). Of time, to go before or in advance: Ac 20:5, 13 (WH, mg., R, mg.), II Co 9:5; c. acc. pers. (= cl. φθάνω ), Mk 6:33.†Scroll for more

laneA narrow street or lane in a town or city.ῥύμη, -ης, ἡ [in LXX: Is 15:3 ( רְחֹב ), Pr 31:23 א, To 13:18, Si 9:7 א 1 *;] in cl., the force, rush, swing, of a moving body; esp. of a charge of soldiers. In late Greek (as in Macedonian, v. Kennedy, Sources, 15), a narrow road, lane, street: in Polyb., of a road in camp; in LXX and NT ( π. also) of streets in a town, Mt 6:2, Lk 14:21, Ac 9:11 12:10 (cf. Rutherford, NPhr., 488).†Scroll for more

firstμία, v.s. εἷς.Scroll for more

immediatelyImmediately, soon, at once.εὐθέως adv. (< εὐθύς ), [in LXX: Jb 5:3 ( פִּתְאֹם ), Wi 5:12, I Mac 11:12, al.;] straightway, at once, directly: Ga 1:16, Ja 1:24, III Jn 14 (cf. Dalman, Words, 28 f.), Re 4:2, and freq. in Mt, Lk, Jo, Ac (in Mk, εὐθύς ), q.v.)Scroll for more

to leaveI make to stand away, draw away, repel, take up a position away from, withdraw from, leave, abstain from.ἀφ-ίστημι, [in LXX for סור, מעל, etc. (41 words in all);] trans. in pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to put away, lead away; metaph., to move to revolt: Ac 5:37. Intrans. in pf., plpf., 2 aor., to stand off, depart from, withdraw from: c. gen., Lk 2:37; seq. ἀπό, Lk 4:13 13:27, Ac 5:38 12:10 15:38 19:9 22:29, II Co 12:8; metaph., ἀπὸ ἀδικίας, II Ti 2:19; ἀπὸ θεοῦ, ( fall away, apostatize ), He 3:12. Mid. (exc. 1 aor., wh. is trans.), to withdraw oneself from, absent oneself from: Lk 2:37; metaph., fall away, apostatize: absol., Lk 8:13; c. gen., I Ti 4:1 (MM, s.v.; Cremer, 308).†Scroll for more

← Back to Exodus 18:4

← Back to Esther 9:1

← Back to Job 5:12

← Back to Psalms 57:3

← Back to Psalms 119:95

← Back to Isaiah 63:9

← Back to Jeremiah 36:26

← Back to Daniel 6:22

← Back to Matthew 2:13

← Back to Acts 4:23

← Back to Acts 11:13

← Back to Revelation 22:6

Acts 12:11

11And when Peter was come to himself he said Now I know of a truth that the Lord hath sent forth his angel and delivered me out of the hand of Herod and from all the expectation of the people of the Jews

Related verses (24)

And

The ASV does not translate this word.

Peter

himself

when … was come

he said

Now

I know

of a truth

that

hath sent forth

the

Lord

The ASV does not translate this word.

angel

his

and

delivered

out of

the hand

of Herod

and

all

from … the

expectation

of the

people

of the

Jews

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

καὶkai

ὁhoh

ΠέτροςPEH-trohs

ἐνen

ἑαυτῷheh-ow-TOH

γενόμενοςgeh-NOH-meh-nohs

εἶπενAY-pen

Νῦνnoon

οἶδαOY-dah

ἀληθῶςah-lay-THOHS

ὅτιHOH-tee

ἐξαπέστειλενeh-ksah-PEH-stay-len

ὁhoh

κύριοςKOO-ree-ohs

τὸνtohn

ἄγγελονAHN-geh-lohn

αὐτοῦow-TOO

καὶkai

ἐξείλατόeh-KSAY-lah-toh

μεmeh

ἐκek

χειρὸςchay-ROHS

Ἡρῴδουhay-ROH-doo

καὶkai

πάσηςPAH-says

τῆςtays

προσδοκίαςprohs-doh-KEE-ahs

τοῦtoo

λαοῦlah-OO

τῶνtohn

Ἰουδαίωνee-oo-DAI-ohn

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ὁGreek article

Πέτροςname of a person

ἐνGreek preposition

ἑαυτῷGreek reflexive pronoun

γενόμενοςGreek verb

εἶπενGreek verb

ΝῦνGreek adverb

οἶδα

ἀληθῶςGreek adverb

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ἐξαπέστειλενGreek verb

ὁGreek article

κύριοςGreek noun, masculine

τὸνGreek article

ἄγγελονGreek noun, masculine

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐξείλατόGreek verb

μεGreek pronoun

ἐκGreek preposition

χειρὸςGreek noun, feminine

Ἡρῴδουname of a person

καὶGreek conjunction

πάσηςGreek adjective

τῆςGreek article

προσδοκίαςGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

λαοῦGreek noun, masculine

τῶνGreek article

Ἰουδαίωνname of a people descended from a person

What It Can Mean

themselfHimself, herself, itself.ἑαυτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, dat. -ῷ, etc., acc. -όν, etc., pi. -ῶν, etc. (Att. contr. αὑτοῦ, etc); reflex pron.; prop, of 3rd person (Lat. sui, sibi, se ), of himself, herself, itself, etc.: Mt 27:42, Mk 15:31, Lk 23:35, al.; added to a middle verb, διεμερίσαντο ἑαυτοῖς, Jo 19:24; to an active verb, Ac 14:14 (M, Pr., 157); ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ, Lk 12:57 21:30, Jo 5:19, al. (v.s. ἀπό ); δι’ ἑαυτοῦ, Ro 14:14; ἐν ἑ., Mt 3:9, Mk 5:30, al.; εἰς ἑ., Lk 15:17; καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16, Ja 2:17; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, at his own house, I Co 16:2; πρὸς ἑ., with, to himself, Lk 18:11; as poss. pron. (with emphasis weakened; v. M, Pr., 87f.), τ. ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς, Lk 9:60. As reflexive 1st and 2nd pers. (so also freq. in cl., chiefly poetry), Mt 23:31, Mk 9:50, Ro 8:23, I Th 2:8, al. In pl., for reciprocal pron., ἀλλήλων, -οις, -ους, of one another, etc.: Mt 21:38, Mk 16:3, Eph 5:19, al.Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

nowAdv. (a) of time: just now, even now; just at hand, immediately, (b) of logical connection: now then, (c) in commands and appeals: at this instant.νῦν, adv., [in LXX chiefly for עַתָּה;] prop., of time, now, i.e. at the present time: as opp. to past, Jo 4:18, Ac 7:52, Ro 13:11, II Co 7:9, Col 1:24, al.; opp. to fut., Jo 12:27, Ro 11:31, al.; c. art., ὁ ( ἡ, τὸ ) et subst., the present: Ro 3:26, Ga 4:25, I Ti 6:17, Tit 2:12, al.; ἀπὸ τοῦ ν. (LXX for מֵעַתָּה ), Lk 1:48, Ac 18:6, al.; ἄχρι τοῦ ν., Ro 8:22, Phl 1:5; ἕως τοῦ ν. (LXX for עַתָּה עַד ), Mt 24:21, Mk 13:19; τὰ ν., as regards the present, Ac 5:38; c. pret., just now, but now, Mt 26:65, Jo 11:8 21:10; c. fut., now, presently, Jo 12:31, Ac 20:22; so c. praes., presently, forthwith, Jo 12:31 17:13; καὶ ν., Jo 11:22 17:5, al.; ἀλλὰ ν., Lk 22:36; ἔτι ν., I Co 3:2; τότε ( πότε )... ν. ( δέ ), Ro 6:21 11:30; ν. ἤδη, I Jo 4:3; ν. οὖν, Ac 10:33, al. Of logical sequence (often difficult to disting. from the temporal sense; cf. Lft., Notes, 113 f.), now, therefore, now, however, as it is: Lk 11:39; καὶ ν., Ac 3:17, II Th 2:6, I Jo 2:28; id. seq. δεῦρο, Ac 7:34; ν. δέ, Jo 8:40 9:41 15:22, 24 18:36, I Co 5:11 7:14 12:20, al. (cf. WM, 579 11 ).Scroll for more

trulyTruly, really, certainly, surely.ἀληθῶς adv. (< ἀληθής ), [in LXX ( Je 28:6, Ps 58:1, al.) chiefly for אָמֵן and cogn. forms;] truly, surely: Mt 14:33 26:73 Mk 14:70 15:39, Lk 9:27 12:44 21:3, Jo 1:48 4:42 6:14 7:26, 40 8:31 17:8 Ac 12:11, I Th 2:13, I Jn 2:5.†Scroll for more

to send out/awayI send away, send forth (a person qualified for a task).ἐξ-απο-στέλλω [in LXX freq., chiefly for שָׁלַח pi.;] to send forth: c. acc pers., Ac 7:12 12:11, Ga 4:4; τ. ἐπαγγελίαν, Lk 24:49; τ. πνεῦμα, Ga 4:6; [ τ. κήρυγμα, Mk 16:1-20, "shorter conclusion," WH;] seq. εἰς, Ac 22:21; pass., ὁ λόγος, Ac 13:26. to send away: c. acc pers., seq. εἰς, Ac 9:30; seq. ἕως, Ac 11:22; c. inf., Ac 17:14; κενόν, Lk 1:53 20:10, 11.†Scroll for more

to take out/selectI take out, remove; sometimes (mid): I choose, sometimes: I rescue.ἐξ-αιρέω -ῶ [in LXX chiefly for נָצַל hi.;] to take out: c. acc, ὀφθαλμόν, Mt 5:29 18:9; mid. to take out for oneself, choose: Ac 26:17 (Thayer, s.v.; Page, Ac., l.c., but v. infr.); to deliver: Ac 7:10, 34 (LXX) 12:11 23:27 26:17 (EV, but v. supr.), Ga 1:4.†Scroll for more

meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

allAll, the whole, every kind of.πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen., παντός, πάσης, παντός, [in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;] all, every. As adj., c. subst. anarth., all, every, of every kind: Mt 3:10 4:23, Mk 9:49, Lk 4:37, Jo 2:10, Ac 27:20, Ro 7:8, Re 18:17, al. mult.; pl., all, Ac 22:15, Ro 5:12, He 1:6, al.; of the highest degree, π. ἐξουσία ( προθυμία, χαρά ), Mt 28:18, Ac 17:11, Phl 2:29, al.; also the whole (though in this sense more freq. c. art.), Mt 2:3, Ac 2:36, Ro 11:26. C. art. (before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the art. and noun), all, whole: Mt 8:32 13:2, Mk 5:33, Lk 1:10, Ac 7:14, Ro 3:19, Ga 5:14, Eph 4:16, al.; pl., Mt 2:4, Mk 4:13, Ro 1:5, al. As pron., masc. and fem., every one: Mk 9:49, Lk 16:16, He 2:9; seq. rel. pron., Mt 7:24, Ac 2:21, Ga 3:10, al.; c. ptcp. (anarth.), Mt 13:19, Lk 11:4; c. ptcp. (c. art.), Mt 5:22, Mk 7:8, Lk 6:47, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:16, al.; pl., πάντες, absol., all, all men, Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, Lk 20:38, Jo 1:7 3:26, I Co 8:1, al.; οἱ π. (collectively, as a definite whole), Ro 11:32, I Co 1:17, Eph 4:13, al.; π. οἱ ( ὅσοι ), Mt 4:24, Mk 1:32, Lk 4:40, al. Neut., sing., πᾶν, everything, all: πᾶν τό, c. ptcp., I Co 10:25, 27, Eph 5:13, I Jo 2:16 5:4 (sc. ὄν ); πᾶν ὅ, Jo 17:2, Ro 14:23; collectively, of persons (Westc., in l.), Jo 6:37, 39; c. prep., in adverbial phrases, διὰ παντός, always, Mt 18:10, al.; ἐν παντί, in everything, in every way, II Co 4:8, Phi 4:6, al.; pl., πάτνα, all things: absol., Jo 1:3, I Co 2:10, He 2:8, al.; of certain specified things, Mk 4:34, Lk 1:3, Ro 8:28, I Th 5:21, al.; acc., πάντα, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects, Ac 20:35, I Co 9:25, al.; c. art., τὰ π., all things (a totality, as distinct from anarth. πάντα, all things severally; cf. Westc., Eph., 186 f.), absol.: Ro 11:36, I Co 8:6, Eph 3:9, He 1:3, al.; relatively, Mk 4:11, Ac 17:25, Ro 8:32, al.; πάντα τά, c. ptcp., Mt 18:31, al.; πάντα ταῦτα ( ταῦτα π. ), Mt 6:32, 33, al.; πάντα, c. prep, in adverbial phrases, πρὸ πάντων, above all things, Ja 5:12, I Pe 4:8; ἐν π., in all things, in all ways, I Ti 3:11, I Pe 4:11, al.; κατὰ πάντα, in all respects, Ac 17:22, al. C. neg., πᾶς οὐ ( μή ) = οὐδείς, v.s. οὐ and μή, and cf. M, Pr., 245 f.Scroll for more

expectationExpectation, waiting.προσδοκία, -ας, ἡ (< προσδοκάω ), [in LXX: Ge 49:10 ( יִקְהָה ), Ps 118 (119):116 ( שֵׂבֶר ), Wi 17:13, Si 40:2, al.;] expectation: c. gen. obj., Lk 21:26; c. gen. subjc., Ac 12:11.†Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 24:45

← Back to Colossians 4:10

← Back to 2 Timothy 4:11

← Back to Philemon 1:24

← Back to 1 Peter 5:13

Acts 12:12

12And when he had considered the thing he came to the house of Mary the mother of John whose surname was Mark where many were gathered together and were praying

Related verses (12)

when he had considered the thing

And

he came

the

house

The ASV does not translate this word.

of Mary

the

mother

of John

whose

surname was

Mark

where

were

many

gathered together

and

were praying

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Συνιδώνsoo-nee-DOHN

τεteh

ἦλθενAYL-then

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τὴνtayn

οἰκίανoy-KEE-ahn

τῆςtays

Μαρίαςmah-REE-ahs

τῆςtays

μητρὸςmay-TROHS

Ἰωάννουee-oh-AH-noo

τοῦtoo

ἐπικαλουμένουeh-pee-kah-loo-MEH-noo

ΜάρκουMAHR-koo

οὗhoo

ἦσανAY-sahn

ἱκανοὶhee-kah-NOY

συνηθροισμένοιsoo-nay-throy-SMEH-noy

καὶkai

προσευχόμενοιproh-syoo-CHOH-meh-noy

The Pieces

ΣυνιδώνGreek verb

τεGreek conjunction

ἦλθενGreek verb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

οἰκίανGreek noun, feminine

τῆςGreek article

Μαρίαςname of a person

τῆςGreek article

μητρὸςGreek noun, feminine

Ἰωάννουname of a person

τοῦGreek article

ἐπικαλουμένουGreek verb

Μάρκουname of a person

οὗGreek adverb

ἦσανGreek verb

ἱκανοὶGreek adjective

συνηθροισμένοιGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

προσευχόμενοιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

be awareI know, consider, am privy to.** συν-εῖδον irreg. aor. of συνοράω (v.s. εἶδον ), [in LXX: I Mac 4:21 א, II Mac 2:24 4:4, 41 R 5:17 7:4, 20 8:8, III Mac 2:8 A *;] to see together or at the same time (Arist., Xen.). to see in one view, hence, of mental vision, to comprehend, understand (LXX, Polyb., Plut., al.): Ac 12:12 14:6 (on the related σύνοιδα, v. s.v.).†Scroll for more

homeA house, household, dwelling; meton: goods, property, means.οἰκία, -ας, ἡ (< οἶκος ), [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for בַּיִת;] a house, dwelling: Mt 2:11 7:24-27, Mk 1:29, al.; ἐν οἰκίᾳ (= cl. κατ ̓ οἰκίαν ), at home, Lk 8:27; εἰς οἰ., II Jn 10; οἰ, c. gen. pers., usually has the art. ( Mt 8:14, al., but cf. οἶκος and v. Bl., § 46, 9); ἡ οἰ. τ. πατρός μου, Jo 14:2. Metaph., of the body as the dwelling of the soul: II Co 5:1; of property (as בַּיִת, Ge 45:18, LXX, τ. ὑπάρχοντα; III Ki 13:8, LXX, οἶκος ) = οἶκος (q.v.): Mk 12:40, Lk 20:47; of the inmates of the dwelling, the household: Mt 12:25; c. gen. pers., Jo 4:53, I Co 16:15. SYN.: οἶκος, which in Attic law denoted the whole estate, οἰκία, the dwelling only. In cl. poets οἶκος has also the latter sense, but not in prose, except in metaph. usage, where it signifies both property and household. The foregoing distinction is not, however, consistently maintained in late Greek; cf. MM, ii, xvii, and v. Thayer, s.v. οἰκία.Scroll for more

MaryMary, Miriam, (a) the mother of Jesus, (b) of Magdala, (c) sister of Martha and Lazarus, (d) wife of Cleopas, (e) mother of John Mark, (f) a Christian woman in Rome.Μαρία, -ας (Hellenized form), and Μαριάμ, indecl., ἡ (Aram. מַרְיָם; Heb. (MT) מִרְיָם ), Mary. In NT; the mother of Jesus: Mt 1:16 ff. 2:11 13:55, Mk 6:3, Lk 1:27 ff. 2:5, 16, 19, 34, Ac 1:14. M. Magdalene (q.v.). The wife of Clopas ( Jo 19:25 ) and mother of James the little, and Joses: Mt 27:56, 61 28:1, Mk 15:40, 47 16:1, Lk 24:10. The sister of Martha and Lazarus: Lk 10:39, 42, Jo 11:1, 2, 19 ff. 12:3. The mother of John Mark: Ac 12:12. A Christian greeted by St. Paul: Ro 16:6 (on the signification of the name, v. Zorell, s.v.; on the use of the alternative forms in NT, DB, iii, 278 b n ).†Scroll for more

motherA mother.μήτηρ, gen., μητρός, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for אֵם;] mother: Mt 1:18 2:11, al.; fig., of one who takes the place of a mother, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μ. μου, Mt 12:49 (cf. Mt 12:50, Mk 3:35, Jo 19:27, Ro 16:13, I Ti 5:2 ); of a city, ἥτις ἐσὶν μ. ἡμῶν, Ga 4:26; symbolically of Babylon, ἡ μ. τ. πορνῶν, Re 17:5.Scroll for more

JohnJohn: the Baptist, the apostle, a member of the Sanhedrin, or John Mark.

to call or name(a) I call (name) by a supplementary (additional, alternative) name, (b) mid: I call upon, appeal to, address.ἐπι-καλέω, -ῶ [in LXX chiefly for קָרָא;] to call, name, surname: c. acc (cl.), Mt 10:25; pass., Ac 1:23 4:36 10:5, 18, 32 11:13 12:12, 25, He 11:16; τ. ὄνομα, seq. ἐπί (denoting possession, as Heb.. עַל נִקְרָא שֵׁם. ), Ac 15:17 (LXX), Ja 2:7 (see. CB on Am 9:12 ). Mid. (so also act.; cl., LXX), to call upon, invoke, appeal to ( θεόν, θεούς, Hdt., Xen., al.; cf. Deiss., LAE, 426): Καίσαρα ( Σεβαστόν, Ac 25:25 ), Ac 25:11, 12, 21 26:32 28:19; sc. τ. Κύριον Ἰησοῦν, Ac 7:59; μάρτυρα (cl.) τ. θεόν, II Co 1:23; πατέρα, I Pe 1:17; τ. κύριον, Ro 10:12, II Ti 2:22; τ. ὄνομα κυρίου ( μου, σου; like Heb. בְּשֵׁם יְהֹוָה קָרָא ), Ac 2:21 (LXX) Ac 9:14, 21 22:16, Ro 10:13, 14 (LXX) I Co 1:2 (Cremer, 335, 742).†Scroll for more

MarkMark, who also had the Hebrew name John, son of Mary, nephew of Barnabas, coadjutor of Barnabas, Paul, and Peter.Μάρκος, -ου, ὁ, Mark: Mk., tit., Ac 12:12, 25 15:37, 39, Col 4:10, II Ti 4:11, Phm 24, I Pe 5:13 (v. Swete, Mk., Intr., xiii ff.; DB, iii, 245 ff).†Scroll for more

whitherWhere, whither, when, in what place.οὗ (prop. gen. of ὅς ), adv. of place, where, whither; in answer to the question "where?" (= ubi ): Mt 2:9 18:20, Lk 4:16, 17 23:53, Ac 1:13 2:2 7:29 12:12 16:13 20:6, 8 25:10 28:14, Ro 9:26 (LXX), Col 3:1, He 3:9 (LXX), Re 17:15; of condition, Ro 4:15 5:20, II Co 3:17; in answer to the question "whither?" (= quo ): Mt 28:16, Lk 10:1 24:28; seq. ἐάν, c. subjc., I Co 16:6.†Scroll for more

sufficient(a) considerable, sufficient, of number, quantity, time, (b) of persons: sufficiently strong (good, etc.), worthy, suitable, with various constructions, (c) many, much.ἱκανός, -ή, -όν (< ἵκω, ἱκάνω, to reach, attain ), [in LXX for דַּי, etc.;] of persons, suffcient, competent, fit: c. inf., Mt 3:11, Mk 1:7, Lk 3:16, I Co 15:9, II Co 3:5, II Ti 2:2; seq. πρός, II Co 2:16; seq. ἵνα, Mt 8:8, Lk 7:6. Of things, in number, quantity or size, sufficient, enough, much, many: absol., ἱκανοί, Lk 7:11 (WH, R, omit) 8:32, Ac 12:12 14:21 19:19, I Co 11:30; ὄχλος ἱ., Mk 10:46, Lk 7:12, Ac 11:24, 26 19:26; κλαυθμός, Ac 20:37; ἀργύρια, Mt 28:12; λαμπάδες, Ac 20:8; λόγοι, Lk 23:9; φῶς, Ac 22:6; ἱ, ἐστιν (cf. רַב לָכֶם, LXX ἱκανούσθω, De 3:26 ), Lk 22:38; τὸ ἱ. ποιεῖν (Lat. satisfacere; cf. Je 31 (48):30 ), Mk 15:15; τὸ ἱ. λαμβάνειν (Lat. satis accipere; v. M, Pr., 20 f.), Ac 17:9; of time, ἡμέραι ἱ., Ac 9:23, 43 18:18 27:7; ἱ. χρόνος, Lk 8:27, Ac 8:11 14:3 27:9; pl., Lk 20:9; ἐκ χρόνων ἱ., Lk 23:8; ἀπὸ ἱ. ἐτῶν, Ro 15:23 (WH); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (cf. II Mac 8:25 ), Ac 20:11.†Scroll for more

to assembleI gather together, assemble.συν-αθροίζω [in LXX chiefly for קבץ;] to gather together, assemble: c. acc. pers., Ac 19:25; pass., Ac 12:12.†Scroll for more

to prayI pray, pray for, offer prayer.προσ-εύχομαι, [in LXX chiefly for פלל hith.;] to pray (always of prayer to God, or in cl., to gods): absol., Mt 6:5-7, 9 14:23 19:13 26:36, 39, 41, 44, Mk 1:35 6:46 11:24, 25 13:33 (WH, R, txt., om.) Mk 14:32, 38, 39, Lk 1:10 3:21 5:16 6:12 9:18, 28, 29 11:1, 2 18:1, 10 22:44 (WH, R, mg., om.), Ac 1:24 6:6 9:11, 40 10:9, 30 11:5 12:12 13:3 14:23 16:25 20:36 21:5 22:17 28:8, I Co 11:4, 5 14:14, I Th 5:17, I Ti 2:8, Ja 5:13, 18; seq. λέγων, Mt 26:39, 42, Lk 22:41; c. dat. instr., I Co 11:5 14:14, 15; μακρά, Mt 23:14 (WH, R, txt., om.), Mk 12:40, Lk 20:47; ἐν πνεύματι ( ἁγίῳ ), Eph 6:18, Ju 20; προσευχῇ π. (a Hebraism, v.s. προσευχή ), Ja 5:17; c. acc. rei, Lk 18:11, Ro 8:26; seq. ἐπί, c. acc. pers., Ja 5:14; c. dat. pers., Mt 6:6, I Co 11:13; seq. περί, c. gen., Ac 8:15, Col 1:3 4:3, I Th 5:25, II Th 1:11 3:1, He 13:18; ὑπέρ, Mt 5:44, Lk 6:28, Col 1:9, Ja 5:16; seq. ἵνα, Mt 24:20, Mk 13:18 14:35, Lk 22:46, I Co 14:13; τοῦτο ἵνα, Phl 1:9; c. inf., Lk 22:46; seq. τοῦ, c. inf. (Bl., § 71, 3), Ja 5:17.†Scroll for more

← Back to Daniel 3:24

← Back to Acts 20:16

Acts 12:13

13And when he knocked at the door of the gate a maid came to answer named Rhoda

Related verses (2)

Acts 12:16 | Luke 13:25

when … knocked at

And

the

door

of the

gate

came

a maid

to answer

named

Rhoda

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

κρούσαντοςKROO-sahn-tohs

δὲdeh

αὐτοῦow-TOO

τὴνtayn

θύρανTHOO-rahn

τοῦtoo

πυλῶνοςpoo-LOH-nohs

προσῆλθεproh-SAYL-theh

παιδίσκηpai-DEE-skay

ὑπακοῦσαιhoo-pah-KOO-sai

ὀνόματιoh-NOH-mah-tee

ῬόδηROH-day

The Pieces

κρούσαντοςGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

τὴνGreek article

θύρανGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

πυλῶνοςGreek noun, masculine

προσῆλθεGreek verb

παιδίσκηGreek noun, feminine

ὑπακοῦσαιGreek verb

ὀνόματιGreek noun, neuter

Ῥόδηname of a person

What It Can Mean

to knockI knock, beat a door with a stick, to gain admittance.κρούω, [in LXX: seq. ἐπί, Jg 19:22, Ca 5:2 ( דִפק );] c, acc., τ. αὐλαίαν, Jth 14:14 *;] to strike, knock: at a door ( κόπτειν, in Att.), Mt 7:7, 8, Lk 11:9, 10 12:36, Ac 12:16, Re 3:20; c. acc., τ. θύραν, Lk 13:25, Ac 12:13.†Scroll for more

gateA large gate; a gateway, porch, vestibule.πυλών, -ῶνος, ὁ (< πύλη ), [in LXX chiefly for פֶּתַח, שַׁעַר;] the porch or vestibule of a house or palace: Mt 26:71, Lk 16:20, Ac 10:17 12:13, 14. The gate-way or gate-tower of a walled town: Ac 14:13, Re 21:12, 13, 15, 21, 25 22:14.†Scroll for more

to come near/agreeI come up to, come to, come near (to), approach, consent (to).προσ-έρχομαι, [in LXX for קרב, נגשׁ, etc.;] to approach, draw near: absol., Mt 4:11, Lk 9:42, al.; c. infin., Mt 24:1, al.; c. dat. loc., He 12:18, 22; dat. pers., Mt 5:1, and freq., Jo 12:21, al.; ptcp., προσελθών, c. indic., Mt 8:2, and freq., Mk 1:31, Lk 7:14, al.; π. αὐτῷ, c. indic., Mt 4:3, Mk 6:35. Metaph., of approaching God: absol. ( Le 21:17, De 21:5, al.), He 10:1, 22; τ. θεῷ, He 7:25 11:6; τ. θρόνῳ τ. χάριτος, He 4:16; πρὸς Χριστόν, I Pe 2:4; in sense not found elsewhere (Field, Notes, 211), to consent to: ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις, I Ti 6:3.Scroll for more

maidservantA female slave, maidservant, maid, young girl.παιδίσκη, -ης, ἡ, dimin, of παῖς, [in LXX for שִׁפְחָה, אָמָה, etc.;] a young girl, a maiden ( נַעֲרָה, Ru 4:12 ). Colloq., a young female slave, a maid-servant (v. Kennedy, Sources, 40 f.; Deiss., LAE, 186, 332 2 ): Mt 26:69, Mk 14:66, 69, Lk 12:45 22:56, Jo 18:17, Ac 12:13 16:16; of Hagar, Ga 4:22, 23, 30 (LXX); id., metaph., Ga 4:31.† SYN.: v.s. παῖς.Scroll for more

to obeyI listen, hearken to, obey, answer.ὑπακούω [in LXX: chiefly for שָׁמַע;] vto listen, attend, hence, to answer a knock at a door (Plat., Xen., al.): Ac 12:13; to attend to, submit to, obey (Hdt., Thuc., al.): absol., Phl 2:12; c. inf., He 11:8; c. dat. pers. (Plat., al.; but more freq. c. gen.), Mt 8:27, Mk 1:27 4:41, Lk 8:25 17:6, Ro 6:16, Eph 6:1, 5, Col 3:20, 22, He 5:9, I Pe 3:6; c. dat. rei, Ac 6:7, Ro 6:12 10:16, II Th 1:8 3:14; seq. εἰς (by attraction, for dat.; v. ICC, in l.), Ro 6:17.†Scroll for more

nameName, character, fame, reputation.ὄνομα, -τος, τό, [in LXX chiefly for שֵׁם;] in general, the name by which a person or thing is called: Mt 10:2, Mk 3:16, Lk 1:63, Jo 18:10, al.; ἄνθρωπος (etc.), ᾧ ( οὗ ) ὄ. ( τ. ὄ ), sc. ἦν or ἐστίν (Bl., § 30, 3), Mk 14:32, Lk 1:26, 27; with same ellipsis, καὶ τ. ὄ. αὐτοῦ ( ὄ. αὐτῷ ), Lk 1:5, Jo 1:6, al.; ὀνόματι, seq. nom. prop., Mt 27:32, Mk 5:22, Lk 1:5, Ac 5:1, al.; acc. absol. (Bl., § 34, 7), τοὔνομα (= τ. ὄνομα ), Mt 27:57; ὄ. μοι (sc. ἐστίν; cf. Hom., Od., ix, 366), Mk 5:9 (cf. Lk 8:30 ); ἔξειν ὄ., Re 9:11; καλεῖν ( ἐπιτιθέναι ) ὄ. (Bl., § 33, 1), Mt 1:21, Mk 3:16; τ. ὄ. ἐν ( τ. ) βίβλῳ ζωῆς (cf. Deiss., LAE, 121), Phl 4:3, Re 13:8, cf. Lk 10:20 ( ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς ); ὄ. βλασφημίας, Re 13:1; the name as opp. to the reality, Re 3:1 (cf. Hdt., vii, 138); as a title: Eph 1:21, Phl 2:9, 10 (Lft., in l.). By a usage similar to that with ref. to Heb. שֵׁם (Lft., Notes, 106 f.), but also common in Hellenistic (M, Pr., 100; Bl., § 39, 4; Deiss, BS, 146 f., 196 f.; LAE, 123 4, of all that the name implies, of rank, authority, character, etc.: of acting on one's authority or in his behalf, ἐν ( εἰς ) ὄ., c. gen. pers. (v. reff. supr.), Mt 10:41 21:9 28:19, Mk 11:9, Lk 13:35, Jo 5:43, Ac 8:16, I Co 1:13; of the name Christian, I Pe 4:16; esp. of the name of God as expressing the divine attributes: ἁγιάζειν ( ἅγιον ) τὸ ὄ. ( τ. Πατρός, Κυρίου ), Mt 6:9, Lk 1:49 11:2; ψάλλειν ( ὁμολογεῖν ) τῷ ὀ., Ro 15:9, He 13:15; δοξάζειν ( φανεροῦν, φοβεῖσθαι ) τὸ ὄ., Jo 12:28 17:6, 26, Re 11:18 15:4; βλασφημεῖν, Ro 2:24, I Ti 6:1, Re 13:6; similarly, of the name of Christ: τ. καλὸν ὄ. (Deiss., LAE, 276); πιστεύειν τῷ ὀ., I Jo 3:23; π. εἰς τ. ὄ. (Bl., § 39, 4), Jo 1:12 2:23 3:18; ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄ., II Ti 2:19; κρατεῖν, Re 2:13; οὐκ ἀρνεῖσθαι, Re 3:8; ἐν τ. ὀ. (v. reff. supr.), Mk 9:38 16:[17], Lk 10:17, Jo 14:13 16:23, 24 20:31, Ac 3:6 4:12, Eph 5:20, I Pe 4:14, al.; εἰς τ. ὄ. συνάγεσθαι, Mt 18:20; ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀ., Mt 19:29; διὰ τὸ ὄ., Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, al.; διὰ τοῦ ὀ., I Co 1:10; ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀ., Ac 9:16, Ro 1:5, al.; id. absol., Ac 5:41, III Jo 7; πρὸς τὸ ὄ., Ac 26:9. cause, ground, reason (in cl., usually in bad sense, pretext ): Mk 9:41 (Swete, in l.; Dalman, Words, 305 f.). In late Greek (Deiss., BS., 196 f.), an individual, a person: Ac 1:15, Re 3:4 11:13.Scroll for more

RhodaRhoda, a maidservant in the house of John Mark's mother at Jerusalem.Ῥόδη, -ης, ἡ Rhoda: Ac 12:13.†Scroll for more

← Back to Job 9:16

Acts 12:14

14And when she knew Peter’s voice she opened not the gate for joy but ran in and told that Peter stood before the gate

Word By Word, In Greek Order1And | 2when she knew | 3— | 4voice | 5— | 6Peter’s | 7for | 8— | 9joy | 10not | 11she opened | 12the | 13gate | 14ran in | 15but | 16and told | 17that … stood | 18— | 19Peter | 20before | 21the | 22gate

Related verses (2)

Matthew 28:8 | Luke 24:41

And

when she knew

The ASV does not translate this word.

voice

The ASV does not translate this word.

Peter’s

for

The ASV does not translate this word.

joy

not

she opened

the

gate

ran in

but

and told

that … stood

The ASV does not translate this word.

Peter

before

the

gate

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

καὶkai

ἐπιγνοῦσαeh-pee-GNOO-sah

τὴνtayn

φωνὴνfoh-NAYN

τοῦtoo

ΠέτρουPEH-troo

ἀπὸah-POH

τῆςtays

χαρᾶςchah-RAHS

οὐκook

ἤνοιξενAY-noy-ksen

τὸνtohn

πυλῶναpoo-LOH-nah

εἰσδραμοῦσαays-drah-MOO-sah

δὲdeh

ἀπήγγειλενah-PAYN-gay-len

ἑστάναιheh-STAH-nai

τὸνtohn

ΠέτρονPEH-trohn

πρὸproh

τοῦtoo

πυλῶνοςpoo-LOH-nohs

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐπιγνοῦσαGreek verb

τὴνGreek article

φωνὴν

τοῦGreek article

Πέτρουname of a person

ἀπὸGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

χαρᾶςGreek noun, feminine

οὐκGreek negative particle

ἤνοιξενGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

πυλῶναGreek noun, masculine

εἰσδραμοῦσαGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ἀπήγγειλενGreek verb

ἑστάναιGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

Πέτρονname of a person

πρὸGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

πυλῶνοςGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

to come to knowI come to know by directing my attention to him or it, I perceive, discern, recognize; aor: I found out.ἐπι-γινώσκω [in LXX chiefly for נָכַר: hi., also for יָדַע, etc.;] "directive" of γινώσκω (AR, Eph., 249), as in cl.; to observe, perceive, discern, recognize; absol.: Ac 25:10, I Co 13:12; seq. ὅτι, Lk 1:22; τ. πνεύματι, seq. ὅτι, Mk 2:8; c. acc rei: Lk 1:4 5:22, Ac 12:14 27:39, Ro 1:32, II Co 1:13, Col 1:6, I Ti 4:3; ἐν ἐαυτῷ, Mk 5:30; seq. ὅτι, I Co 14:37; c. acc pers.: Mt 11:27 14:35 17:12, Mk 6:33 (T, αὐτούς, but LTr., WH, R, omit the pron., and LTr., WH, txt., read ἔγνωσαν ), ib. 54, Lk 24:16, 31, I Co 16:18, II Co 1:14; seq. ἀπό, c. gen. rei, Mt 7:16, 20; seq. ὅτι, Ac 3:10 4:13, II Co 13:5; pass., I Co 13:12; opp. to ἀγνοούμενοι, II Co 6:9. to discover, ascertain, determine: Ac 9:30; seq. ὅτι, Lk 7:37 23:7, Ac 19:34 22:29 24:11 28:1; c. acc rei, seq. quæst., Ac 23:28; δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν, Ac 22:24; παρά, c. gen. pers., seq. περί, c. gen. rei, Ac 24:8; τ. ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης, II Pe 2:21 (cf. Lft., Col., 136; Cremer, 159; M, Pr., 113; AR, Eph., 248 ff.).†Scroll for more

voice/soundA sound, noise, voice, language, dialect.φωνή, -ῆς, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for קוֺל;] a voice; prop., of persons, Mt 2:18 (LXX), al.; φ. αἴρειν (ἐπαίρειν), Lk 17:13, Ac 2:14, al.; φ. μεγάλῃ εἰπεῖν ( λέγειν, φωνεῖν, etc.), Lk 8:28, Ac 7:57, Re 5:12, al.; γίνεται (ἔρχεται) φ. ἐκ τ. οὐρανῶν (ἐξ οὐρανοῦ), Mk 1:11, Lk 3:22, Jo 12:28, al. (cf. DCG, ii, 810 a; Dalman, Words, 204 f.); ἀκούειν φωνήν ( -ῆς; v.s. ἀκούω ), Ac 9:4, 7 al.; φ. βοῶντος, Mt 3:3, Mk 1:3, Lk 3:4, Jo 1:23 (LXX); τ. θεοῦ, Jo 5:37, He 3:7, al. By meton., of the speaker, βλέπειν τὴν φ., Re 1:12; speech, language ( Ge 11:1, IV Mac 12:7, al.): I Co 14:10; of inanimate things: Mt 24:31, Jo 3:8, Ac 2:6, Re 1:15b 9:9 14:2, al. (cf. Tr., Syn., § lxxxix).Scroll for more

joyJoy, gladness, a source of joy.χαρά, -ᾶς, ἡ (< χαίρω ), [in LXX for שִׂמְחָה, שָׂשׂוֹן, etc.;] joy, delight: Lk 1:14 15:7, 10, Jo 15:11 16:22, 24 17:13, Ac 8:8, II Co 1:24 7:13 8:2, Ga 5:22, Col 1:11, Phl 2:2, I Jn 1:4, II Jn 12; opp. to κατήφεια, Ja 4:9; to λύπη, Jo 16:20; χ. τῆς πίστεως, Phl 1:25; ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι ( χαίρειν, q.v.), χαρᾷ, Jo 3:29, I Pe 1:8; χ. ἔχειν, Phm 7; πληροῦν ( -οῦσθαι ) χαρᾶς, Ac 13:52, Ro 15:13, II Ti 1:4; ποιεῖν χ. μεγάλην, Ac 15:3; ἀπὸ τῆς χ., Mt 13:44, Lk 24:41, Ac 12:14; ἐν χ., Ro 15:32; μετὰ χαρᾶς, Mt 13:20 28:8, Mk 4:16, Lk 8:13 10:17 24:52, Phl 1:4 2:29, He 10:34 13:17; id. seq. πνεύματος ἁγίου, I Th 1:6; χ. ἐν π. ἁ, Ro 14:17; χ. ἐπί, II Co 7:4; διά, I Th 3:9; ὅτι, Jo 16:21; ἵνα, III Jn 4 By meton., of the cause or occasion of joy: Lk 2:10, II Co 1:15, WH, txt., R, mg., Phl 4:1, I Th 2:19, 20, He 12:2, Ja 1:2; ἡ χ. τ. κυρίου, Mt 25:21, 23.†Scroll for more

to run inI run in, run into.** εἰσ-τρέχω [in LXX: II Mac 5:26 *;] to run in: Ac 12:14.†Scroll for more

to announceI report (from one place to another), bring a report, announce, declare.ἀπ-αγγέλλω, [in LXX chiefly for נגד hi.;] of a messenger, speaker, or writer, to report, announce, declare: c. acc. rei, Ac 4:23, al.; c. dat. pers., Mt 2:8, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 18:37; πῶς, Lk 8:36; περί, Lk 7:18 13:1, Ac 28:21, I Th 1:9; λέγων, Ac 22:26; c. acc. et inf., Ac 12:14; seq. εἰς, Mk 5:14, Lk 8:34 (MM, VGT, s.v.; Cremer, 25).Scroll for more

to standTrans: (a) I make to stand, place, set up, establish, appoint; mid: I place myself, stand, (b) I set in balance, weigh; intrans: (c) I stand, stand by, stand still; met: I stand ready, stand firm, am steadfast.ἵστημι, and in late writers, also ἱστάνω (Veitch, s.v.; Bl., § 23, 2; M, Pr., 55), [in LXX chiefly for עמד, קוּם, also for נצב ni., hi., יצב hith., etc.]. Trans, in pres., impf., fut. and 1 aor. act. and in the tenses of the pass. to make to stand, to place, set, set up, establish, appoint: c. acc. pers., Mk 7:9, Ac 1:23 6:13 17:31, He 10:9; id. seq. ἐπί, c. acc. loc., Mt 4:5, Lk 4:9; ἐν μέσῳ, Mt 18:2, Mk 9:36, Jo 8:[3]; ἐνώπιον, Ac 6:6; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, Lk 9:47; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Mt 25:33; mid., to place oneself, to stand: Re 18:15; so also pass., to be made to stand, to stand: Mt 2:9, Lk 11:18 19:8, II Co 13:1, al. to set in a balance, to weigh (cl.; LXX for שׁקל, Is 46:6, al.): Mt 26:15. Intrans., in pf., plpf. (with sense of pres. and impf.; M, Pr., 147 f.) and 2 aor. act., to stand, stand by, stand still: Mt 20:32 26:73, Mk 10:49, Lk 8:44, Jo 1:35 3:29, Ac 16:9, al.; seq. ἐν, Mt 6:5, al.; ἐνώπιον, Ac 10:30, al.; πρός, c. dat. loc., Jo 18:16; ἐπί, c. gen. loc., Lk 6:17, Ac 5:23 25:10, al.; ἔμπροσθεν, Mt 27:11; κύκλῳ, Re 7:11; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Lk 1:11; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 13:2, Re 3:20; παρά, Lk 5:2; ἐκεῖ, Mk 11:5; ὧδε, Mk 9:1; ὅπου, Mk 13:14; ἔξω, Mt 12:46; μακρόθεν, Lk 18:13; πόρρωθεν, Lk 17:12. Metaph., to stand ready, stand firm, be steadfast: I Co 7:37 10:12, Eph 6:11, 13, 14, Col 4:12; τ. πίστει, Ro 11:20; ἐν τ. ἀληθείᾳ, Jo 8:44; ἐν τ. χάριτι, Ro 5:2; ἐν τ. εὐαγγελίῳ, I Co 15:1 (cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-ἀν-, ἐξ-ἀν, ἀνθ-, ἀφ-, δι-, ἐν-, ἐξ-, ἐπ- (-μαι), ἐφ-, κατ-εφ-, συν-εφ-, καθ-, ἀντι-καθ-, ἀπο-καθ-, μεθ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, συν-ίστημι ).Scroll for more

← Back to Proverbs 21:28

← Back to Matthew 14:26

← Back to Luke 24:37

← Back to Titus 3:8

Acts 12:15

15And they said unto her Thou art mad But she confidently affirmed that it was even so And they said It is his angel

Related verses (7)

they

And

unto

her

said

Thou art mad

she

But

confidently affirmed

even so

that it was

they

And

said

The ASV does not translate this word.

angel

It is

his

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

οἱhoy

δὲdeh

πρὸςprohs

αὐτὴνow-TAYN

εἶπανAY-pahn

ΜαίνῃMAI-nay

ἡhay

δὲdeh

διϊσχυρίζετοdee-ee-schoo-REE-zeh-toh

οὕτωςHOO-tohs

ἔχεινEH-chayn

οἱhoy

δὲdeh

ἔλεγονEH-leh-gohn

Ὁhoh

ἄγγελόςAHN-geh-lohs

ἐστινeh-steen

αὐτοῦow-TOO

The Pieces

οἱGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

πρὸςGreek preposition

αὐτὴνGreek reflexive pronoun

εἶπανGreek verb

ΜαίνῃGreek verb

ἡGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

διϊσχυρίζετοGreek verb

οὕτωςGreek adverb

ἔχεινGreek verb

οἱGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

ἔλεγονGreek verb

ὉGreek article

ἄγγελόςGreek noun, masculine

ἐστινGreek verb

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

/him/herselfαὑτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, = ἑαυτοῦ (q.v.), Mt 6:34, Lk 12:17, al. (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

to raveI am raving mad, speak as a madman.μαίνομαι, [in LXX: Je 32 (25):16 ( הלל hith.) Je 36 (29):26 ( שׁגע pu.), Wi 14:28, al.;] to rage, be furious. to rave, be mad: Jo 10:29, Ac 12:15 26:24, 25, I Co 14:23 (cf. ἐμ-μαίνομαι ).†Scroll for more

to insistI assert emphatically, lean upon.* δι-ισχυρίζομαι (T, Rec. διϊσ- ), depon.; to lean upon. to affirm confidently: c. ptcp., Lk 22:59; c. acc. et inf. (Bl., § 70, 3), Ac 12:15.†Scroll for more

to have/beI have, hold, possess.ἔχω, [in LXX for אָצֵל ( ἐχόμενος ), בַּעַל, יֵשׁ, etc., 59 words in all;] (on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, v. M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183), to have, as in cl., in various senses and constructions. Trans.; to have, hold, hold fast, etc.; to hold, as, in the hand: Re 5:8 14:6, al.; ἐν τ. χειρί, Re 1:16 10:2, al.; of arms and clothing, = φέρω, φορέω, to bear, wear: Mt 3:4 22:12, al.; so freq. pres. ptcp. (LS, s.v., A, I, 6; Bl., § 74, 2), Mk 11:13, Jo 18:10, Re 9:17, al.; of a woman, ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ ( κοίτην ἔ. ), to be with child: Mk 13:17, Ro 9:10; to hold fast, keep: Lk 19:20; metaph., of the mind and conduct, Mk 16:8 (cf. Jb 21:6, Is 13:8; Deiss., BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44 f.), Jo 14:21, Ro 1:28, I Ti 3:9, II Ti 1:13, Re 6:9, al.; to involve: He 10:35 (LXX), Ja 1:4, I Jo 4:18; = Lat. habere (Bl., § 34, 5; 73, 5), to hold, consider: c. acc. et predic. ptcp., Lk 14:18; c. acc., seq. ὡς, Mt 14:5; εἰς (Hebraism), Mt 21:46; on (Bl., § 70, 2), Mk 11:32. to have, possess; in general, c. acc. rei: Mt 19:22, Mk 10:22, Lk 12:19, Jo 10:16, I Co 11:22, al.; of wealth or poverty, absol., ἔχειν (neg. οὐκ, μή ), Mt 13:12 25:29, II Co 8:12; ἐκ τ. ἔχειν, according to your means, II Co 8:11; of relationship, association, etc.: πατέρα, Jo 8:41; γυναῖκα (MM, xiv), I Co 7:2; φίλον, Lk 11:5; βασιλέα, Jo 19:15; ποιμένα, Mt 9:36; c. dupl. acc., Mt 3:9, al.; of parts or members: ὦτα, Mt 19:15; μέλη, Ro 12:4; θεμελίους, c. acc., as periphrasis of verb: μνεῖαν ἔ. (= μεμνῆσθαι ), I Th 3:6; ἀγάπην, Jo 13:35; γνῶσιν, I Co 8:1; πεποίθησιν, II Co 3:4; θλίψιν, Jo 16:33, etc. (Thayer, s.v., I, 2, f., g.); of duty, necessity, etc.: ἀνάγκην, I Co 7:37; νόμον, Jo 19:7; ἐπιταγήν, I Co 7:25; ἀγῶνα, Phl 1:30; κρίμα, I Ti 5:12; of complaints and disputes; κατά, c. gen. pers., Mt 5:23, Mk 11:25; id. seq. ὅτι, Re 2:4, 20; c. acc. seq. πρός, Ac 24:19, al.; c. inf., (cl.) to be able (Field, Notes, 14): Mt 18:25, Mk 14:8 (sc. ποιῆσαι ), Lk 12:4, Ac 4:14, al; of necessity (Bl., § 69, 4): Lk 12:50, Ac 23:17-19 28:19. Intrans. (Bl., § 53, 1), to be in a certain condition: ἑτοίμως ἔ., c. inf., Ac 21:13, II Co 12:14; ἐσχάτως (q.v.), Mk 5:23; κακῶς, to be ill, Mt 4:24, al.; καλῶς, Mk 16:[18]; κομψότερον, Jo 4:52; πῶς, Ac 15:36; impers., ἄλλως ἔχει, it is otherwise, I Ti 5:25; οὕτως, Ac 7:1, al.; τὸ νῦν ἔχον, as things now are ( To 7:11 ), Ac 24:25. Mid., -ομαι, to hold oneself fast, hold on or cling to, be next to: c. gen., τ. ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας, He 6:9 (Rendall, in l.); ptcp., ὁ ἐχόμενος, near, next: of place, Mk 1:38; of time, τ. ἐχομένῃ ( ἡμέρα, expressed or understood), Lk 13:33, Ac 20:15 21:26; ( σαββάτῳ ), Ac 13:44. (Cf. ἀν-, προσ-αν-, ἀντ-, ἀπ-, ἐν-, ἐπ-, κατ-, μετ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπερ-, ὑπ-έχω.)Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 12:13

Acts 12:16

16But Peter continued knocking and when they had opened they saw him and were amazed

The ASV does not translate this word.

But

Peter

continued

knocking

when they had opened

and

they saw

him

and

were amazed

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

ὁhoh

δὲdeh

ΠέτροςPEH-trohs

ἐπέμενενeh-PEH-meh-nen

κρούωνKROO-ohn

ἀνοίξαντεςah-NOY-ksahn-tes

δὲdeh

εἶδανAY-dahn

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

καὶkai

ἐξέστησανeh-KSEH-stay-sahn

The Pieces

ὁGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

Πέτροςname of a person

ἐπέμενενGreek verb

κρούωνGreek verb

ἀνοίξαντεςGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

εἶδαν

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐξέστησανGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to remain/keep on(a) I remain, tarry, (b) I remain in, persist in.ἐπι-μένω [in LXX: Ex 12:39 ( מָהַהּ hith.)*;] to stay on, tarry or abide still: seq. έν, I Co 16:8; αὐτοῦ, there, Ac 15:34 (WH, txt., RV, txt., omit) 21:4; c. dat., τ. σαρκί, Phl 1:24; seq. παρά, c. dat. pers., Ac 28:14; πρός, c. acc pers., I Co 16:7, Ga 1:18; c. acc temp., Ac 10:48 21:4, 10 28:12, 14, I Co 16:7. Metaph., to continue in a pursuit or state: c. dat., τ. ἀμαρτίᾳ, Ro 6:1; τ. ὰπιστίᾳ, 11:23; τ. πίστει, Col 1:23; αὐτοῖς (v. CGT, in l), I Ti 4:16; τ. χρηστότητι, Ro 11:22; c. ptcp. (cf. Bl., § 73, 4; 76, 2), Jo 8:7, Ac 12:16.†Scroll for more

to amaze(lit: I remove from a standing position), (a) in trans. tenses: I astonish, amaze, (b) in intrans. tenses: I am astonished, amazed; I am out of my mind, am mad.† ἐξ-ίστημι (also in Hellenistic -ιστάνω, Act 8:9 ), [in LXX for חרד, etc. (29 words in all);], causal in pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to put out of its place; metaph., ἐ. τινά φρενῶν (Eur.), to drive one out of his senses, hence, absol., to confound, amaze: c. acc pers., Lk 24:22, Ac 8:9, 11. Intr. in pass. and mid., also in 2 aor., pf., plpf. act., seq. ἐκ or c. gen., to stand aside from, retire from; esp. τ. φρενῶν, to lose one's senses (Eur.), hence, absol.; to be beside oneself, be mad: Mk 3:21, II Co 5:13 (opp. to σωφρονεῖν ); to be amazed, confounded: Mt 12:23, Mk 2:12 5:42 6:51, Lk 2:47 8:56, Ac 2:7, 12 8:13 9:21 10:45 12:16 (Cremer, 309).†Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 10:3

Acts 12:17

17But he beckoning unto them with the hand to hold their peace declared unto them how the Lord had brought him forth out of the prison And he said Tell these things unto James and to the brethren And he departed and went to another place

Related verses (22)

beckoning

But

unto them

with the

hand

to hold their peace

he … declared

unto them

how

the

Lord

him

had brought … forth

out of

the

prison

he said

And

Tell

unto James

and

to the

brethren

these things

And

he departed

and went

another

place

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

κατασείσαςkah-tah-SAY-sahs

δὲdeh

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

τῇtay

χειρὶchay-REE

σιγᾶνsee-GAHN

διηγήσατοdee-ay-GAY-sah-toh

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

πῶςpohs

ὁhoh

κύριοςKOO-ree-ohs

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

ἐξήγαγενeh-KSAY-gah-gen

ἐκek

τῆςtays

φυλακῆςfoo-lah-KAYS

εἶπένAY-pen

τεteh

Ἀπαγγείλατεah-pahn-GAY-lah-teh

Ἰακώβῳee-ah-KOH-boh

καὶkai

τοῖςtoys

ἀδελφοῖςah-del-FOYS

ταῦταTOW-tah

καὶkai

ἐξελθὼνeh-ksel-THOHN

ἐπορεύθηeh-poh-RYOO-thay

εἰςays

ἕτερονHEH-teh-rohn

τόπονTOH-pohn

The Pieces

κατασείσαςGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

τῇGreek article

χειρὶGreek noun, feminine

σιγᾶνGreek verb

διηγήσατοGreek verb

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

πῶςGreek interrogative particle

ὁGreek article

κύριοςGreek noun, masculine

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

ἐξήγαγενGreek verb

ἐκGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

φυλακῆςGreek noun, feminine

εἶπένGreek verb

τεGreek conjunction

ἈπαγγείλατεGreek verb

Ἰακώβῳname of a person

καὶGreek conjunction

τοῖςGreek article

ἀδελφοῖςGreek noun, masculine

ταῦταGreek demonstrative pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐξελθὼνGreek verb

ἐπορεύθηGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

ἕτερονGreek adjective

τόπονGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

to signalI shake (the hand) up and down, wave; intrans: I beckon for silence.** κατα-σείω, [in LXX: Da TH Bel 14 AR, I Mac 6:38 *;] to shake down. Of the hand, to shake or wave as a signal: τ. χεῖρα, Ac 19:33; τ. χειρί, Ac 13:16; id. c. dat. pers., Ac 21:40; seq. inf., Ac 12:17.†Scroll for more

be silentIntrans: I am silent, keep silence; trans: I keep secret; pass: I am kept secret.σιγάω, -ῶ (< σιγή ), [in LXX for חרשׁ, חשׁה, etc.;] intrans., to be silent, keep silence: Lk 9:36 18:39 20:26, Ac 12:17 15:12, 13, I Co 14:28, 30, 34. Trans., to keep secret; pass., to be kept secret: Ro 16:25.† SYN.: ἡσυχάζω, σιωπάωScroll for more

to relate fullyI relate in full, describe, narrate.δι-ηγέομαι, -οῦμαι [in LXX chiefly for ספר pi.;] to set out in detail, recount, describe: absol., He 11:32; c. acc rei, Ac 8:33; c. dat. pers., seq. πῶς, Mk 5:16, Ac 9:27 12:17; ἅ εἶδον, Mk 9:9; ὅσα ἐποίησε, -αν, Lk 8:39 9:10.†Scroll for more

how?!How, in what manner, by what means.πῶς, interrog. adv., correl. of ὅπως, prop., in direct questions, how?: c. indic., Mt 12:29, Mk 3:23, Lk 11:18, Jo 3:4, al.; καὶ π., Mk 4:13, Lk 20:44; π. οὖν, Mt 12:26; π. οὐ, Mt 16:11, Lk 12:56; in deliberative questions (cf. Bl., § 64, 6), c. subjc., Mt 23:33 26:54; π. οὖν, Ro 10:14; π. δέ, Ro 10:14, 15; seq. ἄν, c. optat., Ac 8:31. As sometimes in cl. but more freq. and increasingly so in late writers (v. WM, § 57, 2; Bl., § 70, 2; Thumb, MGr., 192; Jannaris, Gr., App., vi, 13 f.), = ὅπως, ὥς; in indirect discourse: c. indic., Mt 6:28, Mk 12:41, Lk 8:36, Jo 9:15, Ac 9:27, al.; c. subjc., Mk 11:18, Lk 12:11; in exclamations: Mt 21:20, Mk 10:23, 24, Lk 12:50 18:24, Jo 11:36.Scroll for more

to lead outI lead out, sometimes to death, execution.ἐξ-άγω [in LXX chiefly for יָצָא hi.;] to lead out: c. acc, Mk 15:20, Jo 10:3, Ac 5:19 7:36 16:37, 39; seq. ἔξω, Lk 24:50; ἐκ, Ac 7:40 12:17 13:17, He 8:9; εἰς, Ac 21:38.†Scroll for more

thisοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

to travelI travel, journey, go, die.πορεύω, (< πόρος, a ford, a passage ), [in LXX chiefly for הלךְ;] in cl. (the act. becomes obsolete in late Gk.; v. M, Pr., 162), to cause to go over, carry, convey. Mid. (always in LXX and NT), -ομαι, to go, proceed, go on one's way: c. acc., ὁδόν, Ac 8:39; seq. ἐκεῖθεν, Mt 19:15; ἐντεῦθεν, Lk 13:31; ἀπό, Mt 25:41, Lk 4:42; εἰς, Mt 2:20, Mk 16:12, Lk 1:39, Jo 7:35, al; εἰς εἰρήνην (cf. I Ki 1:17 ). Lk 7:50; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Ac 16:36; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 22:9, Ac 25:12, al; ἕως, Ac 23:23; οὗ, Lk 24:28, I Co 16:6; πρός, c. acc. pers., Mt 25:9, Lk 11:5, al.; κατὰ τ. ὁδόν, Ac 8:36; διά, c. gen., Mt 12:1, Mk 9:30; c. inf., Lk 2:3, Jo 14:2; σύν, Lk 7:6, al.; ἵνα, Jo 11:11; absol., Mt 2:9, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:50, Ac 5:20, al.; ptcp., πορευθείς (on the pass. form of the aor., v. M, Pr., 161 f.), redundant (as in Heb. and Aram.; V. M, Pr., 231; Dalman, Words, 21), Mt 2:8, Lk 7:22, al. Metaph. (cf. Soph., O.T., 884; Xen., Cyr., 2, 2, 24, al), like οἴχομαι in cl., as euphemism for θνήσκω (so הלךְ in Ge 15:2 ); Lk 22:22 and perh. also 13:33 (v. Field, Notes, 66); in ethical sense ( De 19:9, Ps 14:2, al; cf. M, Pr., 11 2; Kennedy, Sources, 107): seq. ἐν, Lk 1:6, I Pe 4:3, II Pe 2:19; κατά, c. acc., II Pe 3:3, Ju 16, 18; c. dat. (Bl., § 38, 3), Ac 9:31 14:16, Ju 11; of disciples or partisans ( Jg 2:12, III Ki 11:10, Si 46:10 ): seq. ὀπίσω, c. gen. pers., Lk 21:8 (cf. δια-, εἰς-, ( -μαι ), ἐκ- ( -μαι ), ἐν- ( -μαι ), ἐπι- ( -μαι ), παρα- ( -μαι ), προ-, προσ- ( -μαι ), συν- ( -μαι )).Scroll for more

other(a) of two: another, a second, (b) other, different, (c) one's neighbor.ἕτερος, -α, -ον, [in LXX chiefly for אַחֵר;] distributive pron., prop. dual (Bl., §13, 5; 51, 6), denoting the second of a pair, but in late Gk. encroaching on ἄλλος (M, Pr., 79 f.); of number, other; c. art., the other; of two, Lk 5:7 9:56, al.; opp. to ὁ πρῶτος, Mt 21:30; ὁ εἷς, Mt 6:24, Lk 7:41, Ac 23:6, al.; ἕ. μὲν... ἕ. δέ, the one... the other: I Co 15:40; the next: Lk 6:6 9:56 (sc. ἡμέρα, Xen.), Ac 20:15 27:3; = ὁ πλησίον, one's neighbour: Ro 2:1 13:8, I Co 6:1, al.; of more than two, another: Mt 8:21 11:3, Lk 6:6 22:65, Jo 19:37, Ro 8:39, al.; pl., Ac 2:13; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δὲ... ἕ. δέ, Mt 16:14; τινὲς... ἕ. δέ, Lk 11:16. Of kind or quality, other, another, different (Plat., Dem., al.): Mk 16:[12], Lk 9:29, Ac 2:4, I Co 14:21, II Co 11:4, Ga 1:6, al. (cf. ἑτερό-γλωσσος, -διδασκαλέω, -ζυγέω ). SYN.: ἄλλος, q.v. (v. reff. ut supr., also Robertson, Gr., 748 ff.).Scroll for more

placeA place, region, seat; an opportunity.τόπος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for מָקֹום;] place: Lk 4:37 10:1, 32, Jo 5:13 6:10, Ac 12:17, I Co 1:2, al.; τ. ἅγιος (cf. Is 60:13 ), Mt 24:15; ἔρημος, Mt 14:13, al.; πεδινός, Lk 6:17; ἄνυδρος (pl.), Mt 12:43, Lk 11:24; κατὰ τόπους (EV, in divers places ), Mt 24:7, Mk 13:8; τραχεῖς τ., Ac 27:29; τ. διθάλασσος (q.v.), ib. 41; ἑτοιμάζειν τ., Jo 14:2, 3; ἔχειν, Re 12:6; διδόναι, Lk 14:9; c. gen. defin., τ. βασάνου, Lk 16:28; τ. καταπαύσεως, Ac 7:49; κρανίου, Mt 27:33, Mk 15:22, Jo 19:17; seq. οὗ, Ro 9:26; ὅπου, Mt 28:6, Mk 16:6, Jo 4:20 6:23 10:40 11:30 19:41; ἐν ᾧ, Jo 11:6; ἐφ’ ᾧ, Ac 7:33; of a place which a person or thing occupies, Re 2:5 6:14 12:8; τ. μαχαίρας, Mt 26:52; ὁ ἴδιος τ., Ac 1:25; of a place in a book, Lk 4:17 (cf. Clem. Rom., I Co., 8, 4). Metaph., of condition, station, occasion, opportunity or power: Ac 25:16, Ro 12:19 15:23, Eph 4:27 (cf. Si 38:12 ). SYN.: χώρα (extensive), region; χωρίον (enclosed), a piece of ground. τ. is "a portion of space viewed in reference to its occupancy, or as appropriated to a thing " (Grimm-Thayer, s.v.).Scroll for more

← Back to Luke 4:30

← Back to Acts 5:21

← Back to Acts 16:23

Acts 12:18

18Now as soon as it was day there was no small stir among the soldiers what was become of Peter

Related verses (3)

Acts 5:22-25 | Acts 16:27 | Acts 19:23

as soon as it was

Now

day

there was

stir

small

among

the

soldiers

what

The ASV does not translate this word.

Peter

was become of

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Γενομένηςgeh-noh-MEH-nays

δὲdeh

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

ἦνayn

τάραχοςTAH-rah-chohs

οὐκook

ὀλίγοςoh-LEE-gohs

ἐνen

τοῖςtoys

στρατιώταιςstrah-tee-OH-tais

τίtee

ἄραAH-rah

ὁhoh

ΠέτροςPEH-trohs

ἐγένετοeh-GEH-neh-toh

The Pieces

ΓενομένηςGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

ἦνGreek verb

τάραχοςGreek noun, masculine

οὐκGreek negative particle

ὀλίγοςGreek adjective

ἐνGreek preposition

τοῖςGreek article

στρατιώταιςGreek noun, masculine

τίGreek interrogative pronoun

ἄραGreek conjunction

ὁGreek article

Πέτροςname of a person

ἐγένετοGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

disturbanceA disturbance, commotion, trouble.τάραχος, -ου, ὁ (< ταράσσω ), [in LXX for מְהוּמָה, etc.;] later form of ταραχή (Xen., al.; v. Thackeray, Gr., 159): Ac 12:18 19:23.†Scroll for more

little/few(a) especially in plur: few, (b) in sing: small; hence, of time: short, of degree: light, slight, little.ὀλίγος, -η, -ον (on οὐχ ὁλ., v. infr.), [in LXX chiefly for מְעַט;] of number, quantity, size, few, little, small, slight: Mt 9:37 15:34, Mk 6:5 8:7, Lk 10:2 12:48 (sc. πληγάς, opp. to πολλάς ), I Ti 5:23, He 12:10, Re 3:4 12:12; οὐκ ὀ. (in the best uncials written οὐκ ὀ.; v. WH, App., 143; M, Pr., 44; Thackeray, Gr., 126 f.), Ac 12:18 14:28 15:2 (c. gen. part.) Ac 17:4, 12 19:23, 24 27:20; pl., absol., Mt 7:14 20:16 (WH, txt., RV, om.) Mt 22:14, Lk 13:23, I Pe 3:20. Neut. sing. ( τὸ ) ὀ.: Lk 7:47, II Co 8:15; πρὸς ὀλίγον, I Ti 4:8, Ja 4:14; ἐν ὀ., Ac 26:28, 29 ( with little effort; v. Page, in l.); id., in brief, Eph 3:3; adverbially, ὀλίγον, of time, Mk 6:31, I Pe 1:6 5:10, Re 17:10; of space, Mk 1:19, Lk 5:3; pl., ὀλίγα, Lk 10:42, Re 2:14; ἐπ’ ὀλίγα, Mt 25:21, 23; δι’ ὀλίγων, in few words, briefly, I Pe 5:12 (cf. Plat., Legg., vi, 778 e).†Scroll for more

which?Who, which, what, why.τίς, neut., τί, gen., τίνος, interrog. pron., [in LXX for מָה,מִי;] in masc. and fem., who, which, what?; in neut., which, what?, used both in direct and in indirect questions. As subst., masc., fem.: τίς; who, what?, Mt 3:7 26:68; Mk 11:28, Lk 9:9, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Ac 7:52, He 1:5, al; seq. ἐκ (= gen. partit.), Mt 6:27, Lk 14:28, Jo 8:46; = ποῖος, Mk 4:41 6:2, Lk 19:3, Ac 17:19, al.; = πότερος (M, Pr., 77), Mt 21:31 27:17, Lk 22:27, al.; = ὅς or ὅστις (rare in cl.; cf. Bl., §50, 5; M, Pr., 93), Ac 13:25. Neut.: τί; what?, Mt 5:47 11:7, Mk 10:3, al.; χάριν τίνος, I Jo 3:12; διὰ τί, Mt 9:11, al.; εἰς τί, Mt 14:31, al.; elliptically, ἵνα τί (sc. γένηται ), why, Mt 9:5, al.; τί οὖν, Ro 3:9 6:1, 15 I Co 14:15, al.; τί γάρ, Ro 3:3, Phl 1:18; τί ἐμοὶ (ὑμῖν) καὶ σοί, v.s. ἔγω. As adj.: who? what? which?, Mt 5:46, Lk 14:31, Jo 2:18, al. As adv.: = διὰ τι (τί ὅτι), why, Mt 6:28, Mk 4:40, Lk 6:46, Jo 18:23, al.; in rhet. questions, = a negation, Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, 23 I Co 5:12 7:16, al. in exclamations (like Heb. מָה ), how ( II Ki 6:20, Ps 3:2, al.), Lk 12:49.Scroll for more

thereforeThen, therefore, since.ἄρα, illative particle, expressing a more subjective or informal inference than οὖν, then: prop. (as in cl.), the second word in the sentence, Ro 7:21 8:1, Ga 3:7; ἐπεὶ ἄρα, I Co 7:14 (with another word between) 5:10; as the first word, Lk 11:48, Ac 11:18, Ro 10:17, I Co 15:18, II Co 5:15 7:12, He 4:9; so prop. in apodosis after protasis with εἰ, Mt 12:28, Lk 11:20, Ga 2:21 3:29 5:11, He 12:8 ( κενὸν ἄρα ), I Co 15:14; often in interrogations, direct and indirect, τίς ( τί ) ἄρα, Mt 18:1 19:25, 27 24:45, Mk 4:41, Lk 1:66 8:25 12:42 22:23, Ac 12:18; εἰ ἄρα, Mk 11:13, Ac 8:22; εἴπερ ἄρα, I Co 15:15; οὐκ ἄρα, Ac 21:38; μήτι ἄρα, II Co 1:17; in strengthened forms, ἄρα γε, ἄραγε, Mt 7:20 17:26, Ac 17:27, and more freq. ἄρα οὖν (Epp. Paul.), so then, Ro 5:18 7:3, 25 8:12 9:16, 18 14:12, 19, Ga 6:10, Eph 2:19, I Th 5:6, II Th 2:15 (Bl., § 77, 2; 78, 5; MM, s.v.).†Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

← Back to 1 Samuel 22:16

← Back to 1 Kings 18:12

← Back to 2 Kings 1:10

← Back to Daniel 3:22

← Back to Matthew 28:14

Acts 12:19

19And when Herod had sought for him and found him not he examined the guards and commanded that they should be put to death And he went down from Judaea to Caesarea and tarried there

Related verses (13)

Herod

And

when … had sought for

him

and

not

found him

he examined

the

guards

and commanded

that they should be put to death

And

he went down

from

The ASV does not translate this word.

Judaea

Caesarea

and tarried there

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Ἡρῴδηςhay-ROH-days

δὲdeh

ἐπιζητήσαςeh-pee-zay-TAY-sahs

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

καὶkai

μὴmay

εὑρὼνhyoo-ROHN

ἀνακρίναςah-nah-KREE-nahs

τοὺςtoos

φύλακαςFOO-lah-kahs

ἐκέλευσενeh-KEH-lyoo-sen

ἀπαχθῆναιah-pah-CHTHAY-nai

καὶkai

κατελθὼνkah-tel-THOHN

ἀπὸah-POH

τῆςtays

Ἰουδαίαςee-oo-DAI-ahs

εἰςays

Καισάρειανkai-SAH-ray-ahn

διέτριβενdee-EH-tree-ben

The Pieces

Ἡρῴδηςname of a person

δὲGreek conjunction

ἐπιζητήσαςGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

μὴGreek negative particle

εὑρὼνGreek verb

ἀνακρίναςGreek verb

τοὺςGreek article

φύλακαςGreek noun, masculine

ἐκέλευσενGreek verb

ἀπαχθῆναιGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

κατελθὼνGreek verb

ἀπὸGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

Ἰουδαίαςname of a place

εἰςGreek preposition

Καισάρειανname of a place

διέτριβενGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to seek afterI seek after, desire, search for, make inquiries about.ἐπι-ζητέω, -ῶ [in LXX chiefly for דָּרַשׁ, IV Ki 8:8, Is 62:12, al.; also for בָּקַשׁ, I Ki 20:1, Ec 7:29(28) ), Ho 3:5; פָּקַד, IV Ki 3:8;] "directive" of ζητέω (MM, Exp., xiv), to inquire for, seek after, wish for: c. acc rei, Mt 6:32 12:39 16:4, Lk 12:30, Ac 19:39, Ro 11:7, Phl 4:17, He 11:14 13:14; c. acc pers., Lk 4:42, Ac 12:19; c. inf., Ac 13:7.†Scroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

to find/meetI find, learn, discover, especially after searching.εὑρίσκω, [in LXX chiefly for מצא, also for נשׂג hi., etc.;] to find, with or without previous search: absol., opp. to ζητέω, Mt 7:7, 8 Lk 11:9, 10; c. acc., Mt 2:8, Mk 1:37, Ac 13:22, II Ti 1:17, al.; pass., οὐχ εὑ., of disappearance, He 11:5, Re 16:20, al.; γῆ κ. τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται (for conjectures as to the meaning of this reading, v. Mayor, ICC, in l.), II Pe 3:10, WH, R, mg. Metaph., to find, find out by inquiry, learn, discover: Lk 19:48, Ac 4:21; αἰτίαν, Jo 18:38, Ac 13:28, al.; pass., Mt 1:18, Lk 17:18, Ro 7:10, I Co 4:2, Ga 2:17, I Pe 1:7, Re 5:4, al.; of attaining to the knowledge of God, εὑ. θεόν, Ac 17:27; pass., Ro 10:20 (LXX). Mid., to find for oneself, gain, procure, obtain: c. acc. rei, λύτρωσιν, He 9:12; act. in same sense (so cl. poets, but not in Attic prose), Mt 10:39 11:29, Lk 1:30, Ac 7:46, II Ti 1:18, al. (cf. ἀν-ευρίσκω ).Scroll for more

to investigateI examine, inquire into, investigate, question.ἀνα-κρίνω [in LXX: I Ki 20:12 ( חקר ), Da LXX Su 13, Da LXX TH Su 48, 51 *;] to examine, investigate, question (Lft., Notes, 181 f.): Ac 17:11, I Co 2:14, 15 4:3, 4 9:3 10:25 10:27 14:24; in forensic sense (MM, VGT, s.v.; esp. of examination by torture; v. Field, Notes, 120 f.), Lk 23:14, Ac 4:9 12:19 24:8 28:18.† SYN.: v.s. ἐξετάζω.Scroll for more

guardA guard, keeper, sentinel.φύλαξ, -ακος, ὁ (< φυλάσσω ), [in LXX for שָׁמַר, צוּר;] a guard, keeper: Ac 5:23 12:6, 19.†Scroll for more

to orderI command, order, direct, bid.** κελεύω, [in LXX: I Es 9:53, To 8:18, al., and freq. in I-IV Mac;] to urge on, bid by word of mouth, order, command (mostly of one in authority): c. acc. et. inf. aor., Mt 14:19, 28 18:25 27:64, Lk 18:40, Ac 4:15 5:34 8:38 22:30 23:10 25:6, 17; with ellipse of acc., Mt 8:18 14:9 27:58, Ac 12:19 21:33; c. acc. et. inf. Pres., Ac 21:34 22:24 23:3, 35 25:21 27:43; with ellipse of acc., Ac 16:22; ptcp. aor., Ac 25:23.† SYN.: v.s. ἐντέλλω.Scroll for more

to lead awayI lead, carry, take away; met: I am led astray, seduced.ἀπ-άγω, [in LXX for נהג, הלךְ hi., etc.;] to lead away: Lk 13:15, Ac 23:17 24:7 (R, mg.), I Co 12:2; esp. of leading to trial (so as law term in Attic), prison and death (MM, VGT, s.v.): Mt 26:57 27:2, 31, Mk 14:44, 53 15:16, Lk 21:12 22:66 23:26, Ac 12:19; of the direction of a way: Mt 7:13, 14 (cf. συν-απ-άγω ).†Scroll for more

to descendI come down from sky to earth, or from high land to lower land (or to the coast), or from the high seas to the shore.** κατ-έρχομαι, [in LXX: To 1:22, א 2:1, Es 3:13, Wi 11:22, II Mac 11:29 *;] to come down, go down: seq. εἰς, Lk 4:31, Ac 8:5 13:4 15:30 19:1, Τ; ἀπό, Lk 9:37, Ac 15:1 18:5 21:10; ἀπό et εἰς, Ac 11:27 12:10; of coming to port by ship, Ac 18:22 21:3 27:5; seq. πρός, c. acc. pers., Ac 9:32; metaph., of gifts from God, Ja 3:15.†Scroll for more

JudeaJudea, a Roman province, capital Jerusalem.Ἰουδαία, -ας, ἡ, v.s. Ἰουδαῖος.Scroll for more

CaesareaTwo cities of Palestine: one in Galilee (Caesarea Philippi), the other on the coast of the Mediterranean.Καισαρία (Rec. -άρεια ), -ας, ἡ, Cæsarea; Cæsarea Philippi, at the foot of Lebanon: Mt 16:13, Mk 8:27. Cæsarea of Palestine, on the sea-coast: Ac 8:40 9:30 10:1, 24 11:11 12:19 18:22 21:8, 16 23:23, 33 25:1, 4, 6, 13.†Scroll for more

to remainI tarry, continue, stay in a place.δια-τρίβω [in LXX Le 14:8 ( ישׁב ), Je 42 (35):7 ( גּוּר ), To 11:8, 12, Jth 10:2, II Mac 14:23 *;] to rub hard, rub away, consume; δ. χρόνον, ἡμέρας, to spend time: Ac 14:3, 28 16:12 20:6 25:6, 14. Intransitively with ellipse of object (Bl., § 81, 1), to spend time, stay: Jo 3:22 11:54 15:35, Ac 12:19.†Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 40:2

← Back to 1 Kings 5:9

← Back to 2 Kings 9:32

← Back to Ezra 3:7

← Back to Esther 4:8

← Back to Psalms 49:18

← Back to Proverbs 16:14

← Back to Ezekiel 27:17

← Back to Luke 14:32

← Back to Acts 21:3

← Back to Acts 27:3

← Back to Galatians 1:10

← Back to Galatians 3:20

Acts 12:20

20Now he was highly displeased with them of Tyre and Sidon and they came with one accord to him and having made Blastus the king’s chamberlain their friend they asked for peace because their country was fed from the king’s country

Related verses (19)

he was

Now

highly displeased

with them of Tyre

and

Sidon

with one accord

and

they came

him

and

having made … their friend

Blastus

The ASV does not translate this word.

chamberlain

the

king’s

they asked for

peace

because

The ASV does not translate this word.

was fed

their

The ASV does not translate this word.

country

from

the … country

king’s

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

Ἦνayn

δὲdeh

θυμομαχῶνthoo-moh-mah-CHOHN

Τυρίοιςtoo-REE-oys

καὶkai

Σιδωνίοιςsee-doh-NEE-oys

ὁμοθυμαδὸνhoh-moh-thoo-mah-DOHN

δὲdeh

παρῆσανpah-RAY-sahn

πρὸςprohs

αὐτόνow-TOHN

καὶkai

πείσαντεςPAY-sahn-tes

ΒλάστονBLAH-stohn

τὸνtohn

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τοῦtoo

κοιτῶνοςkoy-TOH-nohs

τοῦtoo

βασιλέωςbah-see-LEH-ohs

ᾐτοῦντοay-TOON-toh

εἰρήνηνay-RAY-nayn

διὰdee-AH

τὸtoh

τρέφεσθαιTREH-feh-sthai

αὐτῶνow-TOHN

τὴνtayn

χώρανCHOH-rahn

ἀπὸah-POH

τῆςtays

βασιλικῆςbah-see-lee-KAYS

The Pieces

ἮνGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

θυμομαχῶνGreek verb

Τυρίοιςname of a people of a place

καὶGreek conjunction

Σιδωνίοιςname of a people of a place

ὁμοθυμαδὸνGreek adverb

δὲGreek conjunction

παρῆσανGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

αὐτόνGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

πείσαντεςGreek verb

Βλάστονname of a person

τὸνGreek article

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

κοιτῶνοςGreek noun, masculine

τοῦGreek article

βασιλέωςGreek noun, masculine

ᾐτοῦντοGreek verb

εἰρήνηνGreek noun, feminine

διὰGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

τρέφεσθαιGreek verb

αὐτῶνGreek pronoun

τὴνGreek article

χώρανGreek noun, feminine

ἀπὸGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

βασιλικῆςGreek adjective

What It Can Mean

to quarrel(lit: I fight desperately, hence) I am furiously angry with.*† θυμομαχέω, -ῶ ( θυμός, μάχομαι ), to fight desperately, have a hot quarrel: c. dat. pers., Ac 12:20.†Scroll for more

TyreA Tyrian, an inhabitant of Tyre.Τύριος, -ου, ὁ, ἡ a Tyrian: Ac 12:20.†Scroll for more

SidonianSidonian, inhabitant of Sidon.Σιδώνιος, -α, -ον (< Σιδών ), of Sidon, Sidonian; the region: sc. χώρα, Lk 4:26; the people: Ac 12:20.†Scroll for more

unitedWith one mind, unanimously, with one accord, at the same time.ὁμοθυμαδόν (< ὁμός, θυμός ), [in LXX for יַחַד (freq. in Jb), Wi 10:20 18:5, 12, al.;] with one mind, with one accord: Ac 1:14 2:46 4:24 5:12 7:57 8:6 12:20 15:25 18:12 19:29, Ro 15:6 (Hatch, Essays, 63 f., argues that the un-cl. sense together, which is found in Jb 3:18 38:33, Nu 24:24, Wi 18:5, 12 (but not 10:20 ), al., should be attached to the NT instances, but v. Abbott, Essays, 96; MM, xviii).†Scroll for more

be presentI am present, am near; I have come, arrived.πάρ-ειμι, [in LXX for בּוֹא, etc.;] to be by, at hand or present; of persons: Re 17:8; παρών (opp. to ἀπών ), I Co 5:3, II Co 10:2, 11 13:2, 10; seq. ἐπί, c. gen., Ac 24:19; ἐνώπιον, Ac 10:33; ἐνθάδε, Ac 17:6; πρός, c. acc. pers., Ac 12:20, II Co 11:8, Ga 4:18, 20; of things: of time, ὁ καιρός, Jo 7:6; τ. παρόν, He 12:11; ἡ ἀλήθεια, II Pe 1:12; ταῦτα, II Pe 1:9; τ. παρόντα, He 13:5. to have come or arrived (Hdt., Thuc., al.; v. Field, Notes, 65): Lk 13:1, Jo 11:28, Ac 10:21; seq. εἰς, Col 1:6; seq. ἐπί, c. acc. rei, Mt 26:50 (cf. συν-πάρειμι ).†Scroll for more

to persuadeI persuade, urge.πείθω, [in LXX chiefly for בּטח, its parts and derivatives;] Active; trans., to apply persuasion ("conative" in pres.; v. M, Pr., 147), to prevail upon or win over, persuade: absol., Mt 28:14, Ac 19:26; seq. περί, c. gen. rei, Ac 19:8; c. acc. pers., Ac 12:20 14:19 18:4, II Co 5:11, Ga 1:10; τ. καρδίας ἡμῶν, I Jn 3:19; c. acc. seq. περί, Ac 28:23; c. acc. et inf., Ac 13:43 26:28 (v. Field, Notes, 141 ff.); c. acc. seq. ἵνα (Plut.), Mt 27:20. Intrans., 2 pf. πέποιθα with pres. sense (v. M, Pr., 147, 154; Bl., § 59, 2): to trust, be confident, have confidence: c. acc. et inf., Ro 2:19; c. acc. ref. (v. Ellic., in l.): Phl 1:6, 25; c. dat., Phl 1:14, Phm 21; ἑαυτῷ, c. inf., II Co 10:7; seq. ἐν, Phl 3:3, 4; ἐν κυρίῳ ὅτι, Phl 2:24; ἐπί, c. dat., Mt 27:43 (WH, mg.), Mk 10:24 (T, WH, R, mg., om.), Lk 11:22 18:9, II Co 1:9, He 2:13; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 27:43 (c. dat., WH, mg.); id. seq. ὅτι, II Co 2:3, II Th 3:4 (v. Lft., Notes, 127); εἰς, c. acc. pers. seq. ὅτι, Ga 5:10. Pass. and mid.; to be persuaded, believe (v. M, Pr., 158): absol., Lk 16:31, Ac 17:4 21:14, He 13:18; c. dat., Ac 28:24; c. acc. et inf., Ac 26:26; so also pf., πέπεισμαι, πεπεισμένος εἰμί: c. acc. ref. seq. περί, He 6:9; c. acc. et inf., Lk 20:6; ὅτι, Ro 8:38, II Ti 1:5, 12; id. c. ἐν κυρίῳ, Ro 14:14; περί, c. gen. seq. ὅτι, Ro 15:14. to listen to, obey: c. dat. pers., Ac 5:36, 37, 40 23:21 27:11, Ro 2:8, Ga 5:7, He 13:17, Ja 3:3 (cf. ἀνα-πείθω ).†Scroll for more

BlastusBlastus, chamberlain of King Herod Agrippa I.Βλάστος, -ου, ὁ, Blastus, chamberlain of Agrippa: Ac 12:20.†Scroll for more

bedroom/chamberlainA bed-chamber.κοιτών, -ῶνος, ὁ (< κοίτη = Att.., δωμότιον, v. Kennedy, Sources, 40), [in LXX chiefly for חֶדֶר, II Ki 4:7, Jl 2:16, I Es 3:3, al.;] a bed-chamber; ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ κ., a chamberlain: Ac 12:20.†Scroll for more

to askI ask, request, petition, demand.αἰτέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for שׁאל;] to ask, request: absol., Mt 7:7, Ja 1:6; c. acc. pers., Mt 5:42, Lk 6:30; c. acc. rei, seq. ἀπό, Mt 20:20, I Jo 5:15; id. seq. παρά, Ac 3:2, Ja 1:5; c. dupl. acc. Mt 7:9, Mk 6:22, Jo 16:23. Mid. (on the distinction bet. mid. and act., v. M, Pr., 160): absol., Mk 15:8, Jo 16:26, Ja 4:3; c. acc. rei, Mt 14:7, Mk 6:24, al.; c. acc. pers., Mt 27:20, Lk 23:25; c. acc. rei, seq. παρά, Ac 9:2; c. acc. et inf., Lk 23:23. c. inf. Ac 7:46, Eph 3:13 (cf. ἀπ-, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, παρ-, προσ-αιτέω ). SYN.: ἐρωτάω, q.v., πυνθάνομαι. On the proper distinction between these words, v. Tr., Syn., § xl, Thayer, s.v. αἰ. In late Gk., however, αἰ. and ἐ. seem to have become practically synonymous (cf. Ac 3:2, 3; v. Field, Notes, 101 f.; M, Th., I, 4:1; M, Pr., 66 n; MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

peacePeace, peace of mind; invocation of peace a common Jewish farewell, in the Hebraistic sense of the health (welfare) of an individual.εἰρήνη, -ης, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for שָׁלוֹם;] peace; of public peace, freedom from war: Lk 14:32, Ac 12:20 24:2; of the church, Ac 9:31. Of peace between persons, concord, agreement: Mt 10:34, Lk 12:51, Ro 14:17, I Co 7:15, Ga 5:22, Ja 3:18; ζητεῖν εἰ., I Pe 3:11; διώκειν, II Ti 2:22; ib. seq. μετὰ πάντων, He 12:14; by meton., of him who brings peace, Eph 2:14. As in LXX (= Heb. שָׁלוֹם, Aram. שְׁלָם ), of a state of security and safety: Jo 16:33, Ro 2:10, I Th 5:3,́ whence the formulae, ὕπαγε (πορεύου) εἰς εἰ, Mk 5:34, Lk 7:50 (cf. I Ki 1:17, al.; לְכִי לְשָׁלוֹם ); εἰ. ὑμῖν ( שָׁלוֹם לָכֶם ), Jo 20:19, 21, 26; ἀπολύειν ἐν εἰ., Lk 2:29, cf. I Co 16:11; ἡ εἰ. ὑμῶν, Mt 10:13, Lk 10:6; υἱὸς εἰρήνης, ib. Of spiritual peace, the peace of Christ's kingdom ( DCG, ii, 330f.): Lk 1:79 2:14, Jo 16:33, Ro 2:10 5:1 8:6, al.; ὁ κύριος τῆς εἰ., II Th 3:16; ὁ θεὸς τῆς εἰ., Ro 15:33 16:20, II Co 13:11, al.; in epistolary salutations, Ro 1:7, I Co 1:3, Ga 1:3, I Th 1:1, I Pe 1:2, II Jo 3, Re 1:4, al. (v. Cremer, 244).Scroll for more

to feedI feed, nourish; I bring up, rear, provide for.τρέφω [in LXX for חָיָה hi., גָּדַל pi., אָכַל hi., etc.;] to make to grow, bring up, rear (cl.; I Mac 3:33 11:39 ): Lk 4:16 (T, WH, mg., ἀνατ- ) to nourish, feed: Mt 6:26 25:37, Lk 12:24, Ac 12:20, Re 12:6, 14; of a mother, to give suck, Lk 23:29; of animals, to fatten ( Je 26 (46):21 ), fig., Ja 5:5 (cf. ἀνα-, ἐκ-, ἐν-τρέφω ).†Scroll for more

country(a) a country or region, (b) the land, as opposed to the sea, (c) the country, distinct from town, (d) plur: fields.χώρα, -ας, ἡ [in LXX for אֶרֶץ, מְדִינָה, etc.;] most freq. in cl., a space, place. land, i.e. a land, country, region: Mt 12:2, Mk 5:10 6:55, Lk 2:8 15:13-15 19:12, Jo 11:54, Ac 13:49 27:27; χ. Γαλατική, Ac 16:6 18:23; Τραχωνίτιδος, Lk 3:1; τ. Ἰουδαίας, Ac 26:20; τ. Ἰουδαίων, Ac 10:39; pl., τῆς Ἰουδαίας κ. Σαμαρείας, Ac 8:1; Γεργεσηνῶν ( Γερασηνῶν, Γαδαρηνῶν ) Mt 8:28, Mk 5:1, Lk 8:26; ἐν χ. καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, Mt 4:16; land, property: Lk 12:16; the country, opp. to the town; so in pl., Lk 21:21, Jo 4:35, Ja 5:4.† SYN.: ἄγρος, τόπος (cf. DCG, i, 591 a; LS, s.v. χώρα, ad init.).Scroll for more

royalConnected with a king, royal, regal, (a) an officer in the service of the king, (b) the king's country.

← Back to 1 Kings 22:10

← Back to Job 15:21

← Back to Proverbs 18:12

← Back to Isaiah 5:14

← Back to Malachi 3:15

← Back to Acts 24:1

← Back to Acts 25:23

Acts 12:21

21And upon a set day Herod arrayed himself in royal apparel and sat on the throne and made an oration unto them

set

And

upon a … day

The ASV does not translate this word.

Herod

arrayed himself in

apparel

royal

and

sat

the

throne

and made an oration

unto

them

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

τακτῇtah-KTAY

δὲdeh

ἡμέρᾳhay-MEH-rah

ὁhoh

Ἡρῴδηςhay-ROH-days

ἐνδυσάμενοςen-doo-SAH-meh-nohs

ἐσθῆταeh-STHAY-tah

βασιλικὴνbah-see-lee-KAYN

καὶkai

καθίσαςkah-THEE-sahs

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τοῦtoo

βήματοςBAY-mah-tohs

ἐδημηγόρειeh-day-may-GOH-ray

πρὸςprohs

αὐτούςow-TOOS

The Pieces

τακτῇGreek adjective

δὲGreek conjunction

ἡμέρᾳGreek noun, feminine

ὁGreek article

Ἡρῴδηςname of a person

ἐνδυσάμενοςGreek verb

ἐσθῆταGreek noun, feminine

βασιλικὴνGreek adjective

καὶGreek conjunction

καθίσαςGreek verb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

βήματοςGreek noun, neuter

ἐδημηγόρειGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

αὐτούςGreek reflexive pronoun

What It Can Mean

appointedAppointed, arranged, fixed.τακτός, -ή, -όν (< τάσσω ), [in LXX: Jb 12:5 ( שַׁאֲנָן ) *;] ordered, fixed, stated: ἡμέρα, Ac 12:21,†Scroll for more

to put onI put on, clothe (another).ἐν-δύω ( ἐνδύνω, II Ti 3:6 ), [in LXX chiefly for לָבַשׁ;] c. acc pers., Mt 27:28 (WH, mg., R, mg.); c. dupl. acc, Mt 27:31, Mk 15:20, Lk 15:22; mid., to put on oneself, be clothed with: c. acc rei, Mt 6:25, Mk 6:9, Lk 8:27 12:22, Ac 12:21; ptcp., Mt 22:11, Mk 1:6, II Co 5:3, Re 1:13 15:6 19:14; of armour (fig.): Ro 13:12, Eph 6:11, 14, I Th 5:8; metaph., δύναμιν, Lk 24:49; ἀφθαρσίαν, ἀθανασίαν, I Co 15:53-54; τ. καινὸν ἄνθρωπον, Eph 4:24, Col 3:10; σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμοῦ, Col 3:12; Ἰησ. Χριστόν, Ro 13:14, Ga 3:27, to enter, press into: II Ti 3:6 (cf. ἐπ-ενδύω ).†Scroll for more

clothingClothing, raiment, vestment, robe.** ἐσθής, -ῆτος, ἡ (< ἕννυμι, to clothe; hence, ἐσθής, Lk, ll c., Elz.) [in LXX: I Es 8:71, 73, II Mac 8:35 11:8 *;] clothing, raiment: Lk 23:11 24:4, Ac 10:30 12:21, Ja 2:2, 3.†Scroll for more

royalConnected with a king, royal, regal, (a) an officer in the service of the king, (b) the king's country.

to seat(a) trans: I make to sit; I set, appoint, (b) intrans: I sit down, am seated, stay.καθ-ίζω, [in LXX chiefly for ישׁב;] causal, to make to sit down, set, appoint: Ac 2:30, I Co 6:4, Eph 1:20. Intrans., to sit down, be seated, sit: Mt 5:1, Mk 9:35, Lk 7:15, Jo 8:2, al.; c. inf. tel., I Co 10:7; seq. εἰς, II Th 2:4; ἐπί, c. acc., Mk 11:2, Jo 12:14; id. c. gen., Jo 19:13, Ac 12:21; ὧδε, Mk 14:32; αὐτοῦ, Mt 26:36; ἐν δεξιᾷ, He 1:3; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Mt 20:21, 23; ἐν, Re 3:21; καθίσας pleonastic (M, Pr., 14; Dalman, Words, 22), Mt 13:48, Lk 5:3 14:31 16:6; of settling in a place ( ἐς χωρίον, Thuc., iv, 93), seq. ἐν, Lk 24:49 (cf. ἀνα-, ἐπι-, παρα-, περι-, συν-καθίζω ).Scroll for more

judgement seatAn elevated place ascended by steps, a throne, tribunal.βῆμα, -τος, τό (< βαίνω ), [in LXX: De 2:5 ( מִדְרָךְ ), Ne 8:4 ( מִגְדָּל ), I Es 9:42, Si 19:30 45:9, II Mac 13:26 *;] a step, stride, pace: Ac 7:5. a raised place, a platform reached by steps, originally that in the Pnyx at Athens from which orations were made; freq. of the tribune or tribunal of a Roman magistrate or ruler: Mt 27:19, Jo 19:13, Ac 12:21, 18:12, 16, 17 25:6, 10, 17; β. τοῦ θεοῦ, Ro 14:10; τ. Χριστοῦ, II Co 5:10.†Scroll for more

to give a speechI make a public speech, address a multitude.δημηγορέω, -ῶ (< δῆμος, ἀγορεύω, to speak in the assembly ), [in LXX: Pr 24:66 ( 30:31 ), IV Mac 5:15 *;] to deliver an oration: Ac 12:21.†Scroll for more

/him/herselfαὑτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, = ἑαυτοῦ (q.v.), Mt 6:34, Lk 12:17, al. (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 3:5

← Back to Psalms 9:20

← Back to Psalms 37:36

← Back to Psalms 94:3

← Back to Psalms 138:6

← Back to Proverbs 27:14

← Back to Proverbs 28:4

← Back to Proverbs 30:9

← Back to Isaiah 14:15

← Back to Isaiah 31:3

← Back to Isaiah 36:4

← Back to Jeremiah 9:23

← Back to Ezekiel 28:2

← Back to Ezekiel 28:9

← Back to Daniel 4:31

← Back to Daniel 5:11

← Back to Daniel 11:12

← Back to Acts 14:11

← Back to Acts 14:15

← Back to Acts 28:6

← Back to 1 Corinthians 4:7

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 5:3

Acts 12:22

22And the people shouted saying The voice of a god and not of a man

Related verses (5)

Acts 14:10-13 | Psalms 12:2 | Daniel 6:7 | Jude 1:16 | Revelation 13:4

the

And

people

shouted saying

of a god

The voice

and

not

of a man

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

ὁhoh

δὲdeh

δῆμοςDAY-mohs

ἐπεφώνειeh-peh-FOH-nay

Θεοῦtheh-OO

φωνὴfoh-NAY

καὶkai

οὐκook

ἀνθρώπουahn-THROH-poo

The Pieces

ὁGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

δῆμοςGreek noun, masculine

ἐπεφώνειGreek verb

Θεοῦ

φωνὴ

καὶGreek conjunction

οὐκGreek negative particle

ἀνθρώπουGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

peopleProperly: the people, especially citizens of a Greek city in popular assembly, but in NT, multitude, rabble.δῆμος, -ου, ὁ [in LXX chiefly for מִשְׁפָּחָה;] a district, country. the common people, the people generally; esp. the people assembled: Ac 12:22 17:5 19:30, 33.† SYN.: λαός, the people at large: δ., the people as a body politic; opp. to δ. is ὄχλος, the unorganized multitude. ἔθνος, in sing., means in NT as in Gk. writers generally, a nation, but in pl. denotes the rest of mankind apart from the Jews: Gentiles. λ. also, rare in cl. (Att... λεώς ), is freq. in LXX and NT, and usually limited to the chosen people, Israel (cf. Cl. Rev., i, 42 f.; Cremer, 689).Scroll for more

to shoutI call out, shout, clamor at.** ἐπι-φωνέω, -ῶ [in LXX: I Es 9:47 AR, II Mac 1:23, III Mac 7:13 *;] to call out, shout: c. acc rei, Ac 21:34; c. dat. pers., ib. 22:24; seq. λέγοντες, Lk 23:21; orat. rect., Ac 12:22.†Scroll for more

a humanA man, one of the human race.ἄνθρωπος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for אָדָם, אִישׁ, also for אֱנוֹשׁ, etc.;] man: generically, a human being, male or female (Lat. homo ): Jo 16:21; c. art., Mt 4:4 12:35, Mk 2:27, Jo 2:25, Ro 7:1, al; disting. from God, Mt 19:6, Jo 10:33, Col 3:23, al.; from animals, etc., Mt 4:19, Lk 5:10, Re 9:4, al.; implying human frailty and imperfection, I Co 3:4; σοφία ἀνθρώπων, I Co 2:5; ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαι, I Pe 4:2; κατὰ ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖν, I Co 3:3; κατὰ ἄ. λέγειν ( λαλεῖν ), Ro 3:5, I Co 9:8; κατὰ ἄ- λέγειν, Ga 3:15 (cf. I Co 15:32, Ga 1:11 ); by meton., of man's nature or condition, ὁ ἔσω ( ἔξω ) ἄ., Ro 7:22, Eph 3:16, II Co 4:16 (cf. I Pe 3:4 ); ὁ παλαιὸς, καινὸς, νέος ἄ., Ro 6:6, Eph 2:15 4:22, 24, Col 3:9, 10; joined with another subst., ἄ. ἔμπορος, a merchant, Mt 13:45 (WH, txt. om. ἄ. ); οἰκοδεσπότης, Mt 13:52; βασιλεύς, 18:23; φάγος, 11:19; with name of nation, Κυρηναῖος, Mt 27:32; Ἰουδαῖος, Ac 21:39; Ῥωμαῖος, Ac 16:37; pl. οἱ ἄ., men, people: Mt 5:13, 16, Mk 8:24, Jo 4:28; οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων, Mk 11:2, I Ti 6:16. Indef., ἄ. = τις, some one, a man: Mt 17:14, Mk 12:1, al.; τις ἄ., Mt 18:12, Jo 5:5, al.; indef. one (Fr. on ), Ro 3:28, Ga 2:16, al.; opp. to women, servants, etc., Mt 10:36 19:10, Jo 7:22, 23. Definitely, c. art., of some particular person; Mt 12:13, Mk 3:5, al.; οὗτος ὁ ἄ., Lk 14:30; ὁ ἄ οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος, Mk 14:71, Mt 12:45; ὁ ἄ. τ. ἀνομίας, II Th 2:3; ἄ τ. θεοῦ (of Heb. אֱלֹהִים אִישׁ ), I Ti 6:11, II Ti 3:17, II Pe 1:21; ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀ., v.s. υἱός. SYN.: ἀνήρ, q.v. (and cf. MM, VGT, 44; Cremer, 103, 635).Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 19:13

← Back to Genesis 25:8

← Back to Exodus 2:23

← Back to Exodus 8:17

← Back to Exodus 9:17

← Back to Joshua 8:29

← Back to 1 Samuel 25:38

← Back to 2 Samuel 12:15

← Back to 2 Samuel 24:16

← Back to 2 Kings 9:35

← Back to 2 Kings 19:35

← Back to 1 Chronicles 21:12

← Back to 2 Chronicles 13:20

← Back to 2 Chronicles 21:15

← Back to 2 Chronicles 21:18

← Back to 2 Chronicles 32:21

← Back to Psalms 35:5

← Back to Psalms 38:7

← Back to Psalms 40:14

← Back to Psalms 73:19

← Back to Psalms 107:40

← Back to Proverbs 12:8

← Back to Proverbs 22:12

← Back to Proverbs 24:16

← Back to Proverbs 28:28

← Back to Proverbs 29:23

← Back to Ecclesiastes 5:17

← Back to Ecclesiastes 7:17

← Back to Ecclesiastes 9:3

← Back to Isaiah 10:16

← Back to Isaiah 37:36

← Back to Isaiah 51:13

← Back to Daniel 8:25

← Back to Daniel 10:20

← Back to Micah 6:13

← Back to Zechariah 14:12

← Back to Acts 12:7

← Back to 1 Corinthians 10:10

← Back to Revelation 16:2

Acts 12:23

23And immediately an angel of the Lord smote him because he gave not God the glory and he was eaten of worms and gave up the ghost

Related verses (22)

immediately

And

smote

him

an angel

of the Lord

because

not

he gave

the

glory

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

and

he was

eaten of worms

and gave up the ghost

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

παραχρῆμαpah-rah-CHRAY-mah

δὲdeh

ἐπάταξενeh-PAH-tah-ksen

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

ἄγγελοςAHN-geh-lohs

κυρίουkoo-REE-oo

ἀνθahnth

ὧνhohn

οὐκook

ἔδωκενEH-doh-ken

τὴνtayn

δόξανDOH-ksahn

τῷtoh

θεῷtheh-OH

καὶkai

γενόμενοςgeh-NOH-meh-nohs

σκωληκόβρωτοςskoh-lay-KOH-broh-tohs

ἐξέψυξενeh-KSEH-psoo-ksen

The Pieces

παραχρῆμαGreek adverb

δὲGreek conjunction

ἐπάταξενGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

ἄγγελοςGreek noun, masculine

κυρίουGreek noun, masculine

ἀνθGreek preposition

ὧνGreek relative pronoun

οὐκGreek negative particle

ἔδωκενGreek verb

τὴνGreek article

δόξανGreek noun, feminine

τῷGreek article

θεῷ

καὶGreek conjunction

γενόμενοςGreek verb

σκωληκόβρωτοςGreek adjective

ἐξέψυξενGreek verb

What It Can Mean

instantlyInstantly, immediately, on the spot.παραχρῆμα, adv. (= παρὰ τὸ χρῆμα ), [in LXX: Nu 6:9 12:4, Is 29:5 30:13 ( פִּתְאֹם ), etc.;] on the spot, forthwith, instantly: Mt 21:19, 20, Lk 1:64 4:39 5:25 8:44, 47, 55 13:13 18:43 19:11 22:60, Ac 3:7 5:10 12:23 13:11 16:26, 33 (on the usage in Mt, Lk, v. Dalman, Words, 28 f.).†Scroll for more

for(a) instead of, in return for, over against, opposite, in exchange for, as a substitute for, (b) on my behalf, (c) wherefore, because.ἀντί (the ι is elided only in ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ), prep. c. gen. (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.); prop, in local sense, over against, opposite, hence; instead of, in place of, for (Hom., etc.): Mt 5:38 17:27, Lk 11:11, I Co 11:15, He 12:2; c. artic. inf. (cl.), Ja 4:15; of succession, Mt 2:22; χάριν ἀ. χάριτος, Jo 1:16 (M, Pr., 100); of price in exchange, He 12:16; λύτρον ἀ. πολλῶν, Mt 20:28, Mk 10:45 (M, Pr., 105); of requital, Ro 12:17, I Th 5:15, I Pe 3:9 (cf. Wi 11:15 ); ἀνθ᾽ ὧν, because, Lk 1:20 19:44, Ac 12:23, II Th 2:10 (cl., LXX for אֲשֶׁר תַּחַת ); id. therefore (cl., LXX), Lk 12:3; ἀ. τούτου (LXX for עַל־כֵּן ), Eph 5:31. As a prefix, ἀντι- (before vowels ἀντ-, ἀνθ᾽- ), denotes over against, ἀντιπέραν; co-operation, ἀντιβάλλειν; requital, ἀντιμισθία; opposition, ἀντίχριστος; substitution, ἀνθύπατος. Compounds of ἀ. usually govern dat. (Bl., § 37, 7).†Scroll for more

to giveI offer, give; I put, place.δίδωμι, [in LXX chiefly for נתן (53 words in all);] to give —in various senses, acc. to context— bestow, grant, supply, deliver, commit, yield: absol., Ac 20:35; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 4:9 5:31, Jo 1:12, al. mult.; c. dat. pers., seq. ἐκ, Mt 25:8; id. c. gen. part.. Re 2:17; c. acc. pers., Jo 3:16, Re 20:13, al.; δεξιάς, Ga 2:9; φίλημα, Lk 7:45; γνῶσιν, Lk 1:77; κρίσιν, Jo 5:22; of seed yielding fruit, Mk 4:7, 8; ἐργασίαν (Deiss., LAE, 117f.), Lk 12:58; c. inf. fin., Mt 27:34, Mk 5:43, Lk 8:55, Jo 6:52, al.; c. dat. pers. et inf., Lk 1:74, al.; c. acc. et inf., Ac 2:27, Re 3:9; c. dupl. acc., Mt 20:28, Mk 10:45, Eph 1:22 4:11, II Th 3:9, I Ti 2:6, al.; ἑαυτὸν δ. εἰς (Polyb., al.), Ac 19:31; c. dat. pers., seq. κατά (MM, Exp., xi), Re 2:28 (LXX); δ. ἵνα, Re 3:9; δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἀνεῳγμένην, Re 3:8. SYN.: δωρέομαι.Scroll for more

gloryHonor, renown; glory, an especially divine quality, the unspoken manifestation of God, splendor.δόξα, -ης, ἡ (< δοκέω ), [in LXX very freq. for כָּבוֹד, also for הוֹד,תִּפְאֶרֶת, etc., 25 words in all;] in cl., expectation, judgment, opinion ( IV Mac 5:18 ). opinion, estimation in which one is held, repute; in NT, always good opinion, hence reputation, praise, honour, glory: Lk 14:10, Jo 12:43, He 3:3; opp. to αἰσχύνη, Phl 3:19; to ἀτιμία, II Co 6:8; δ. κ. τιμή, Ro 2:7, 10, I Pe 1:7, II Pe 1:17; ζητεῖν, Jo 5:44 7:18 8:50, I Th 2:6; λαμβάνειν, Jo 5:41, II Pe 1:17, Re 5:12; διδόναι δ. τ. θεῷ (cf. נָתַן כָּבוֹד לַיהוָֹה, Je 13:16, al.), Lk 17:18, Jo 9:24, Ac 12:23, Ro 4:20, Re 4:9; εἰς (τ.) δ. θεοῦ, Ro 3:7 15:7, Phl 1:11, al.; in doxologies, τ. θεῷ (ᾧ) ἡ δ., Lk 2:14, Ro 11:36 16:27, Ga 1:5, Eph 3:21, al. Later also (not cl.) as in LXX (= הוֹד, Jb 39:20, I Ch 29:25; כָּבֹוד, Jb 19:9, Es 5:11, al.), visible brightness, splendour, glory: of light, Ac 22:11; of heavenly bodies, I Co 15:40 ff.; esp. that wh. radiates from God's presence, as manifested in the pillar of cloud and in the Holy of Holies (= כָּבוֹד, Ex 16:10 25:22 40:34, al.; and new Heb. שְׁכִינָה, II Mac 2:8; v. DB, iv, 489 b ), Ro 9:4, Ja 2:1 (v. Hort, Mayor, in l.); hence of the manifested glory of God, Ro 1:23, Col 1:11 Eph 1:6, 12, 17 3:16; of the same as communicated to man through Christ, II Co 3:18 4:6; and of the glorious condition into which Christians shall enter hereafter, Ro 8:18, 21 9:23, II Ti 2:10, al. SYN.: ἔπαινος τιμή (v. Hort on I Pe 1:7 ).Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

worm-eatedEaten by worms.* σκωληκό-βρωτος, -ον (< σκώληξ, βιβρώσκω ), eaten of worms: Ac 12:23 (cf. II Mac 9:9, and v. MM, xxiii) †Scroll for more

to expireI breathe my last, die, expire.ἐκ-ψύχω [in LXX: Jg 4:21 A ( עוּף ), Ez 21:7 ( כָּהָה pi.)*;] to expire, breathe one's last: Ac 5:5, 10 12:23 (cf. ἐκπνέω; Cremer, 906).†Scroll for more

← Back to Colossians 1:6

← Back to 2 Thessalonians 3:1

Acts 12:24

24But the word of God grew and multiplied

Related verses (12)

the

But

word

The ASV does not translate this word.

of God

grew

and

multiplied

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Ὁhoh

δὲdeh

λόγοςLOH-gohs

τοῦtoo

θεοῦtheh-OO

ηὔξανενYOO-ksah-nen

καὶkai

ἐπληθύνετοeh-play-THOO-neh-toh

The Pieces

ὉGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

λόγοςGreek noun, masculine

τοῦGreek article

θεοῦ

ηὔξανενGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐπληθύνετοGreek verb

What It Can Mean

wordA word, speech, divine utterance, analogy.λόγος, -ου, ὁ (< λέγω ), [in LXX chiefly for דָּבָר, also for אֵמֶר, מִלָּה, etc.;] Of that by which the inward thought is expressed, Lat. oratio, sermo, vox, verbum. a word, not in the grammatical sense of a mere name ( ἔπος, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα ), but a word as embodying a conception or idea: Mt 8:8, Lk 7:7, I Co 14:9, 19, He 12:19, al. a saying, statement, declaration: Mt 19:22 (T om.), Mk 5:36 7:29, Lk 1:29, Jo 2:22 6:60, Ac 7:29, al.; c. gen. attrib., Ac 13:15, Ro 9:9, He 7:28, al.; of the sayings, commands, promises, etc., of teachers, Mt 7:24 10:14, Mk 8:38, Lk 9:44, Jo 14:24, al.; λ. κενοί, Eph 5:6; ἀληθινοί, Re 19:9; πιστοί, Re 22:6; esp. of the precepts, decrees and promises of God, ὁ λ. τ. θεοῦ, the word of God: Mk 7:13, Jo 10:35, Ro 13:9, I Co 14:36, Phl 1:14, al.; absol., ὁ λ., Mt 13:21, 22, Mk 16:[20], Lk 1:2, Ac 6:4, He 4:12, al. speech, discourse: Ac 14:12, II Co 10:10, Ja 3:2; opp. to ἐπιστολή, II Th 2:15; disting. from σοφία, I Co 2:1; ἀναστροφή, I Ti 4:12; δύναμις, I Co 4:19, I Th 1:5; ἔργον, Ro 15:18; οὐδενὸς λ. τίμιον ( not worthy of mention ), Ac 20:24; of the faculty of speech, Lk 24:19, II Co 11:6; of the style of speech, Mt 5:37, I Co 1:5; of instruction, Col 4:3, I Pe 3:1; c. gen. pers., Jo 5:24 8:52, Ac 2:41, al.; ὁ λ. ὁ ἐμός, Jo 8:31; c. gen. obj. ( τ. ) ἀληθείας, II Co 6:7, Col 1:5, Ja 1:18; τ. καταλλαγῆς, II Co 5:19; τ. σταυροῦ, I Co 1:18; of mere talk, I Co 4:19, 20, Col 2:23, I Jo 3:18; of the talk which one occasions, hence, repute: Col 2:23. subject-matter, hence, teaching, doctrine: Ac 18:15, II Ti 2:17, al.; esp. of Christian doctrine: Mt 13:20-23, Mk 4:14-20 8:32, Lk 1:2, Ac 8:4, Ga 6:6, I Th 1:6, al.; c. gen. pers., τ. θεοῦ, Lk 5:1, Jo 17:6, Ac 4:29, I Co 14:36, I Jo 1:10, Re 6:9, al.; τ. Κυρίου, Ac 8:25, I Th 1:8, al.; τ. Χριστοῦ, Col 3:16, Re 3:8; c. gen. appos., Ac 15:7; c. gen. attrib., He 5:13. a story, tale, narrative: Mt 28:15, Jo 21:23, Ac 1:1 11:22; seq. περί, Lk 5:15. That which is spoken of (Plat., al.; v. Kennedy, Sources, 124), matter, affair, thing: Mt 21:24, Mk 1:45 11:29, Lk 20:3, Ac 8:21; of a matter in dispute, as a case or suit at law, Ac 19:38; pl. ( I Mac 7:33, al.), Lk 1:4. Of the inward thought itself, Lat. ratio. reason, of the mental faculty (Hdt., Plat., al.): κατὰ λόγον, Ac 18:14; a reason, cause: τίνι λόγῳ, Ac 10:29; παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, Mt 5:32 19:9, WH, mg., R, mg. account, regard: Ac 20:24, Rec.; reckoning: Phl 4:15, 17; συναίρειν (q.v.) λ., Mt 18:23 25:19; in forensic sense, Ro 14:12, He 13:17, I Pe 4:5; c. gen. rei, Lk 16:2; seq. περί, Mt 12:36, Ac 19:40, I Pe 3:15. proportion, analogy: Phl 2:16 (Field, Notes, 193 f.). ὁ λ., the Divine Word or Logos: Jo 1:1, 14; τ. ζωῆς, I Jo 1:1; τ. θεοῦ, Re 19:13 (v. Westc, Swete, CGT, in ll.; reff. in Artt., Logos, DB, DCG ).Scroll for more

to grow(a) I cause to increase, become greater (b) I increase, grow.αὐξάνω (and the earlier form αὔξω, Eph 2:21, Col 2:19; MM, s.v.), [in LXX chiefly for פּרה;] trans., to make to grow: I Co 3:6, 7, II Co 9:10. Pass., to grow, increase, become greater: Mt 13:32, Mk 4:8, II Co 10:15, Col 1:6; τῇ ἐπιγνώσει τ. θεοῦ, Col 1:10; εἰς σωτηρίαν, I Pe 2:2. In later Gk. (but nowhere in LXX), intrans., to grow, increase: of plants, Mt 6:28, Lk 12:27 13:19; of infants, Lk 1:80 2:40; of a multitude, Ac 7:17; of the increase of the Gospel: ὁ λόγος ηὔξανε, Ac 6:7 12:24 19:20; of Christ as a leader, Jo 3:30; of Christian character: εἰς Χριοτόν, Eph 4:15; εἰς ναόν, Eph 2:21; ἐν χάριτι, II Pe 3:18; τὴν αὔξησιν τ. θεσῦ, Col 2:19 (cf. συν, ὑπερ-αυξάνω ).†Scroll for more

to multiplyI increase, multiply.πληθύνω (causal of πληθύω, to be full, < πληθύς, Ion. for πλῆθος ), [in LXX chiefly for רבה hi.;] trans., to increase, multiply: II Co 9:10, He 6:14 (LXX); pass., to be increased, to multiply: Mt 24:12, Ac 6:7 7:17 9:31 12:24; c. dat. pers. ( Da LXX TH 3:31 ( 98 ) al.), I Pe 1:2, II Pe 1:2, Ju 2. Intrans., to be increased, to multiply: Ac 6:1.†Scroll for more

← Back to Galatians 2:1

Acts 12:25

25And Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem when they had fulfilled their ministration taking with them John whose surname was Mark

Related verses (6)

Barnabas

And

and

Saul

returned

The ASV does not translate this word.

Jerusalem

when they had fulfilled

their

ministration

taking with them

John

whose

surname was

Mark

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Βαρναβᾶςbahr-nah-BAHS

δὲdeh

καὶkai

ΣαῦλοςSOW-lohs

ὑπέστρεψανhoo-PEH-streh-psahn

εἰςays

Ἰερουσαλὴμee-eh-roo-sah-LAYM

πληρώσαντεςplay-ROH-sahn-tes

τὴνtayn

διακονίανdee-ah-koh-NEE-ahn

συμπαραλαβόντεςsoom-pah-rah-lah-BOHN-tes

Ἰωάννηνee-oh-AH-nayn

τὸνtohn

ἐπικληθένταeh-pee-klay-THEN-tah

ΜᾶρκονMAHR-kohn

The Pieces

Βαρναβᾶςname of a person

δὲGreek conjunction

καὶGreek conjunction

Σαῦλος

ὑπέστρεψανGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Ἰερουσαλὴμname of a place

πληρώσαντεςGreek verb

τὴνGreek article

διακονίανGreek noun, feminine

συμπαραλαβόντεςGreek verb

Ἰωάννηνname of a person

τὸνGreek article

ἐπικληθένταGreek verb

Μᾶρκονname of a person

What It Can Mean

BarnabasBarnabas, a Cypriote Jew, uncle of John Mark; his other name was Joseph.Βαρ-ναβᾶς, -α, ὁ (Aram. בַּר, son, as prefix to another word interpreted in Ac 4:36, τῆς παρακλήσεως, perh. נְבוּאָה, wh., however, should be rendered by προφητεία as in II Es 6:14, LXX. Deiss., BS, 309 f., thinks Β. may be a variant of the name Βαρνεβοῦς, son of Nebo, found in a Syrian Inscr., altered with a view to disguising its origin; v. also Milligan, NTD, iii; Dalman, Gr., 142), Barnabas: Ac 4:36 9:27 11:22, 30 12:25 13-15, I Co 9:6, Ga 2:1, 9, 13, Col 4:10.†Scroll for more

SaulSaul, the apostle.Σαῦλος, -ου, ὁ (Hellenized form of Σαούλ, q.v.), Saul, the Jewish name of the Apostle Paul: Ac 7:58 8:1, 3 9:1, 8, 11, 22, 24 11:25, 30 12:25 13:1, 2, 7, 9.†Scroll for more

to returnI turn back, return.ὑπο-στρέφω [in LXX chiefly for שׁוּב ], trans., to turn back or about (Hom.). Intrans., to turn back, return: Lk 2:20, 43 8:37, 40 9:10 10:17 17:15 19:12 23:48, 56, Ac 8:28; c. inf., Lk 17:18; seq.. διά, Ac 20:3; εἰς, Lk 1:56 2:45 4:14 7:10 8:39 11:24 24:33, 52, Ac 1:12 8:25 13:13, 34 14:21 21:6 22:17 23:32, Ga 1:17; ἀπό, Lk 4:1 24:9, He 7:1; ἐκ, Ac 12:25, II Pe 2:21.†Scroll for more

Jerusalem(Aramaic form), Jerusalem, the capital of Palestine: hence Judaism, and allegorically, Christendom, the Christian Church.Ἱερουσαλήμ, v.s. Ἱεροσόλυμα.Scroll for more

to fulfillI fill, fulfill, complete.πληρόω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for מָלֵא;] to fill, make full, fill to the full, c. acc.; of things: pass. ( σαψήνη, φάραγξ ), Mt 13:48, Lk 3:5 (LXX); fig., Mt 23:32; but chiefly of immaterial things: πᾶσαν χρείαν, Phl 4:19; ἦχος ἐπλήρωσε τ. οἶκον, Ac 2:2; c. gen. rei (cl.), Ac 5:28; pass., seq. ἐκ, Jo 12:3 (cf. B1., § 36, 4); π. τ. καρδίαν, Jo 16:6, Ac 5:3; metaph., of the all-pervading activity of Christ, Eph 4:10; mid., Eph 1:23; of persons: to fill with, cause to abound in: c. gen. rei (cl.), Ac 2:28 (LXX), Ro 15:13; pass., to be filled with, abound in: Eph 3:19, Phl 4:18; c. gen. rei (cl.), Ac 13:52, Ro 15:14, II Ti 1:4; c. dat. (Æsch., al.), Lk 2:40 (c. gen., T), Ro 1:29, II Co 7:4; c. acc. (so in π., v. MM, xx), Phl 1:11, Col 1:9; seq. ἐν, Eph 5:18, Col 2:10. to complete; to complete, fulfil: of number, Re 6:11, WH, txt.; of time (MM, xx), Mk 1:15, Lk 21:24, Jo 7:8, Ac 7:23, 30 9:23 24:27; ἐυδοκίαν, II Th 1:11; τ. χαράν, Phl 2:2; pass., Jo 3:29 15:11 16:24 17:13, I Jn 1:4, II Jn 12; τ. ἔργα, Re 3:2; ἡ ὑπακοή, II Co 10:6; τ. πάσχα, Lk 22:16; to execute, accomplish, carry out to the full: Mt 3:15, Lk 7:1 9:31, Ac 12:25 13:25 14:26 19:21, Ro 8:4 13:8 15:19, Ga 5:14, Col 1:25 4:17, Re 6:11, T, WH, R, mg.; of sayings, prophecies, etc., to bring to pass, fulfil: Mt 1:22 2:15, 17, 23 4:14 5:17 8:17 12:17 13:35 21:4 26:54, 56 27:9, Mk 14:49 15:28 (WH, R, txt. om.), Lk 1:20 4:21 24:44, Jo 12:38 13:18 15:25 17:12 18:9, 32 19:24, 36, Ac 1:16 3:18 13:27, Ja 2:23 (cf. Lft., Col., 255 ff.).†Scroll for more

serviceWaiting at table; in a wider sense: service, ministration.διακονία, -ας, ἡ (< διάκονος ), [in LXX for נַעַר, שָׁרַת pi.: Es 6:3, 5 A; I Mac 11:58 *;] the office and work of a διάκονος, service, ministry; of domestic duties (Field, Notes, 63): Lk 10:40 spec. of religious ministration, and the exercise of ministerial functions in the Church: Ac 1:17, 25 6:1, 4 11:29 12:25 20:24; 21:19, Ro 11:13 12:7 15:31, I Co 16:15, II Co 4:1 6:3 8:4 9:1, 13, Eph 4:12, Col 4:17, I Ti 1:12, II Ti 4:5, 11, He 1:14, Re 2:19; δ. τ. θανάτου, II Co 3:7; τ. πνεύματος, ib. 8; τ. κατακρίσεως, τ, δικαιοσύνης, ib. 9; τ. καταλλαγῆς, ib. 5:18; τ. λειτουργίας, ib. 9:12; c. obj. gen., τὴν ὑμῶν δ., ib. 11:8; pl., I Co 12:5.†Scroll for more

to take along withI take along as a companion.συν-παρα-λαμβάνω (Rec. συμπ- ), [in LXX: Ge 19:17 ( ספה ni.), Jb 1:4 ( שׁלח ), III Mac 1:1 *;] to take along with: as a companion, c. acc., Ac 12:25 15:37, 38 (on the tenses, v. M, Pr., 130), Ga 2:1.†Scroll for more

JohnJohn: the Baptist, the apostle, a member of the Sanhedrin, or John Mark.

← Previous: Acts 11 Next: Acts 13 →